Skip to main content

Full text of "An abstract of a new theory of the formation of the earth"

See other formats


iM, 


W\M 


wo  n1 


■ 


mm 


7"*Vr 


7C 


-     M     ^i 

W.  ^V*C*~>"-*  ¥>:*. 

m*$p 


mm 


mm 


wmm 

JMMim^MoTTHHiSBK    P^mF\ wwj 

-i  :****■              aa  ii-p".    -      Liu 

MH 


0/T 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS.* 

#| 

j?  [SMITHSONIAN  DEPOSIT.] 


!  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA.  t\ 


mm 


Wm. 


imp* 


mmmm 


Oft'.    A 


«$-\: 


*  WiA/vC^rA 


'«A  *M 


mMmM^mmTwm 


wwm> 


;M6&£6L:*A'Mi 


i^"-A''Mii 


WtfW» 


.w» 


■(Formation  of  tite  iSuvtti. 


!» 


> 


AN" 


.-(Formation  of  tf)e  £artfj. 


BY  IRA  HILL,  A.  M. 


f  Study  Nature;  nature  is  a  friend  of  truth" Young. 


c^ofCc 




Ealttntot*: 

PUBLISHED  BY  N.  G.  MAXWELL. 

John  />.  Toy,  print. 
1823. 


>tfs- 


KJ 


DISTRICT  OF  MARYLAND,  to  wit: 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  That  on  the  twenty-seventh  day  of  August, 
***********  in  the  forty-eighth  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
*   oU  AT    *  *  States  of  America,  Ira  Hill,  of  the  said  district,  hath  deposi- 

fgaSemtf  ted  in  this  office» the  tit,e  of  a  book»  the  rigbt  whereof  he 
w  claims  as  athor,  in  the  words  following,  to  wit: 

"An  Abstract  of  a  New  Theory  of  the  Formation  of  the  Earth,  &c  By 
Ira  Hill.  A.  M.    'Study  nature;  nature  is  a  friend  to  truth.— YoungS" 

In  conformity  to  an  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  entitled 
"An  act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps 
charts  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during 
the  times  therein  mentioned;"  and  also  the  act,  entitled,  "An  act  supple- 
mentary to  the  act,  entitled,  'An  act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by 
securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprie- 
tors of  such  copies,  during  the  times  therein  mentioned,'  and  extending 
the  benefits  thereof  to  the  arts  of  designing,  engraving,  and  etching  his- 
torical and  other  prints *" 

PHILIP  MOORE, 
Clerk  of  the  District  of  Maryland, 


TO 


GENERAL  ANDREW  JACKSON. 

Without  even  your  own  consent,  and 
without  any  other  claims  to  your  notice  than 
those  arising  from  an  admiration  of  your  vir- 
tues, I  have  ventured  to  place  your  name  in 
the  front  of  a  work,  the  result  of  those  hours 
of  leisure  that  have  been  snatched  from  a  la- 
borious employment;  a  work  that  has  for  many 
years  occupied  my  solitary  studies.  Retired 
as  you  now  are  from  the  desolating  tempest  of 
a  military  and  the  scarcely  less  exhausting 
commotions  of  political  life,  I  can  but  flatter 
myself,  that  this  intrusion  will  be  pardoned — 
I  can  but  flatter  myself,  that  while  the  hand  of 
the  American  Cincinnatus  cultivates  that  soil 
which  he  formerly  so  gloriously  and  so  success- 
fully defended  by  his  sword,  he  will  rejoice  to 
find  so  many  spontaneous  testimonies  furnished 
by  nature  to  the  truth  of  the  divine  records, 
as  are  grouped  together  in  the  pages  of  this 
Volume,  all  leading  to  one  grand  result,  that  the 
Divine  Being  whom  we  both  worship,  is  alike 
consistent  in  his  works  and  in  his  word. 


Vi  DEDICATION. 

That  your  countrymen  may  properly  esti- 
mate your  virtues,  and  testify  their  sense  of 
services  so  important,  by  claiming  for  their 
candidate  the  first  honours  in  the  gift  of  a  free 
people,  is  the  sincere  wish  of  your  unknown 
friend  and  countryman, 

THE  AUTHOR. 


Contents. 


Formation  of  the  Earth,  -----  13^ 
First  Proof  of  Revolutions  on  the  surface  of  the 

Globe,    -        -         -        -         -        -         -        -31 

Proofs  that  these  Revolutions  have  been  Sudden,  35 
The  Position   of  the   various   Strata   of   Rocks, 

Shells,  and  Alluvion,       -----  37 

The  Formation  of  the  various  Strata,  41 
The  various  colours  of  Marble,  -  -  -  -44 
Veins  of  Primitive  Rocks  perforating  the  Strata  of 

secondary  ones,       ------  45 

The  Mines  of  Salt, 47 

The  Caverns  in  the  Earth,           -         -         -         -  49 

Of  Lands  which  have  sunk,  50 
The  many   Islands  which  have  arisen  from  the 

Ocean, 51 

Of  Earthquakes,         -       .  -         -         -         -         -  53 

Of  Volcanoes, 54 

Of  Mountains,  -         -         -         -         -         -         -55 

Of  the  Masses  of  Shells  deposited  on  the  sides  of 

Mountains,     ------         ~  57 

Of  the  Ocean  receding  from  the  Lands,     -  58 

Alluvial  Formations,           -         -         -                  -  60 

Of  the   Alluvial   Deposits  made   by  the  General 

Deluge,  -         -         -'-         -         -         -67 

Of  Inundations  subsequent  to  the  General  Deluge,  82 

The  Flood  of  Oxyges, ib. 

Flood  in  Ethiopia,   -         -         -        -         -        -  84 


Vlll  CONTENTS. 

Of  the  Deucaleon  Flood,  -  .  .  86 
A  Flood  was  produced  by  the  rise  of  the  north- 
east part  of  North  America,  88 
The  Delaware  and  Schuylkill  Rivers,  99 
The  Susquehannah,  -  -  -  -  -  102 
Of  the  Prairies  of  North  America,  -  -  120 
Of  the  Saltness  of  the  Ocean,  and  of  many  Lakes,  123 
Change  of  Climate,  &c.  -  126 
Of  the  situation  of  the  Mountains,  Seas,  and  De- 
serts, on  the  eastern  hemisphere,  -  -  132 
Of  the  properties  and  motions  of  the  Atmosphere.  133 

Of  the  Rainbow, 146 

Longevity  of  the  Antedeluvians,           -         -  147 

Of  the  appearance  of  our  Continent,        -         -  152 

Of  the  unheal thful  state  of  our  Continent,     -  155 

Of  the  Insects,  Vegetation,  &c.  of  America,       -  159 

The  Tides,         -         -        -        -        -        -        -  164 

Sir  Isaac  Newton's  Theory  of  the  Tides,         -  168 

Explanation  of  the  cause  of  the  Tides,         -        -  185 
The  causes  which  produce  changes  in  the  degrees 

of  pressure  of  the  atmosphere,        -  190- 


PREFACE. 


In  giving  the  following  brief  sketch  of  his 
views  of  the  formation  of  the  earth,  rocks, 
mountains,  &c.  the  author  is  influenced  by  va- 
rious motives. 

He  considers  the  study  of  nature  of  un- 
limited importance  to  every  person,  for  in  all 
the  works  of  God,  his  glorious  attributes  are 
displayed;  and  if  we  but  understand  the  lan- 
guage in  which  the  volume  of  nature  is  written, 
we  can  at  all  times  draw  the  richest  instruc- 
tions from  every  page. 

We  believe  there  is  nothing  in  the  works  of 
God  which  contradicts  his  holy  word,  or  there 
is  nothing  in  the  works  of  nature,  but  what 
perfectly  coincides  with  scripture,  and  the  only 
cause  of  the  great  difficulty  in  reconciling  na- 
tural philosophy  to  scripture  is  our  ignorance 
of  one  or  the  other  of  them. 

The  sceptic,  the  deist,  or  atheist,  in  pos- 
session of  a  few  arguments,  which  he  does  not 
rightly  comprehend,  commences  an  attack  on 
the  word  of  God,  which  he  is  as  ignorant  of, 
1* 


&  PREFACE. 

as  he  is  of  true  philosophy.  He  assails  such 
as  are  totally  unacquainted  with  philosophy, 
and  they  are  often  obliged  to  retire  from  the 
field,  because  they  have  no  weapons  to  defend 
themselves. 

The  infidel  selects  natural  events  recorded 
in  scripture  as  arguments  against  the  truth  of 
the  sacred  volume,  and  if  he  cannot  reconcile 
what  he' now  sees  with  what  he  there  reads,  he 
condemns  the  whole  as  a  forgery  or  an  imposi- 
tion upon  mankind. 

There  is  perhaps  no  fact  recorded  in  scrip- 
ture, which  has  been  more  successfully  per- 
verted to  confound  the  multitude,  than  that  of 
the  universal  deluge.  The  infidel  says,  "That 
it  is  a  natural  impossibility  for  the  waters  to 
cover  all  the  high  mountains;  and  the  God  of  na- 
ture cannot  work  natural  impossibilities."  And 
if  the  waters  could  have  been  made  to  rise  so 
high,  where  have  they  receded  to?" 

To  remove  many  such  difficulties  is  one  ob- 
ject of  the  author. 

The  general  mass  of  community,  not  being 
accustomed  to  read  geological  publications,  and 
such  works  in  general  being  voluminous,  and 
frequently  written  in  language  which  they  can- 
not comprehend,  the  common  classes  of  com- 
munity on  which  the  infidel  makes  his  attacks, 
are  unwilling  to  commence  so  arduous  a  task; 


PREFACE.  XI 

as  to  peruse  extensive  publications,  filled  with 
terms  and  phrases  of  which  they  are  totally 
ignorant.  Therefore,  the  author  has  endea- 
voured to  give  his  ideas,  in  as  brief  and  plain 
a  manner  as  possible,  that  the  work  may  not 
be  too  long  for  their  perusal,  nor  too  intricate 
for  their  comprehension. 

The  theory  he  claims  as  an  original  one,  and 
it  is  with  humble  deference  to  the  learned  and 
scientific  that  he  submits  it  to  an  enlightened 
public. 

The  most  of  the  ideas  contained  in  this  work, 
have  been  submitted  to  the  examination  of 
those  who  are  an  honour  to  their  country,  and 
a  blessing  to  the  age  which  is  illuminated  by 
the  splendour  of  their  talents.  They  did  not 
condemn  them.  A§  this  theory  was  formed 
from  observation,  and  not  from  perusing  the 
works  of  the  learned  geologists,  they  advised, 
"That  the  facts  recorded  by  Cuvier,  Hutton, 
Werner,  Playfair,  &c.  should  be  examined 
before  the  work  should  be  submitted  to  public 
examination.  Those  authors  have  been  atten- 
tively perused,  and  the  numerous  facts  which 
they  have  collected,  go  so  directly  to  strengthen 
the  position  we  have  taken,  that  it  is  with  con- 
fidence that  an  abstract  of  the  theory  is  brought 
to  public  view. 


Xll  PREFACE. 

Drs.  Samuel  K.  Jennings,  and  James  Gray, 
whose  philosophical  and  theological  researches, 
are  well  known  in  this  city,  are'  the  only  per- 
sons  in  this  part  of  the  United  States  wrho 
have  been  made  acquainted  with  the  principles 
on  which  the  theory  is  founded,  and  with  the 
facts  which  are  introduced  to  prove  the  pre- 
mises correct.  These  learned  gentlemen  ap- 
prove of  the  work,  and  recommend  its  publi- 
cation. 

The  theory  of  which  this  work  is  an  abstract, 
has  been  written  a  number  of  years,  the  prin- 
cipal heads  of  which  were  submitted  to  the  ex- 
amination of  several  of  the  distinguished  lite- 
rati of  the  northern  section  of  our  country. 
On  my  arrival  here,  I  had  the  pleasure  of  pe- 
rusing a  work  just  published  by  Dr.  H.  BL 
Hayden,  of  this  city,  which,  though  we  were 
entirely  strangers  to  each  other,  and  never 
heard  of  each  other's  views  on  the  subject,  goes 
almost  directly  to  prove  my  theory,  and  de- 
monstrates, as  far  as  the  nature  of  the  subject 
will  admit,  the  effects  of  the  causes,  which  we 
attempt  to  explain.  The  numerous  facts  which 
he  has  collected,  have  thrown  much  light  on 
our  subject  of  which  I  have  availed  myself  in 
a  number  of  instances,  and  to  his  valuable 
work    I    respectfully  refer    my  readers    for 


PREFACE,  Xlll 

more  proofs  of  the  correctness  of  my  theory, 
than  the  limits  of  mine  will  permit  me  to  notice. 

The  author  is  well  aware  of  the  many  diffi- 
culties attending  the  introduction  of  a  work  of 
this  kind;  a  work  which  is  in  a  degree  oppos- 
ed to  the  publications  of  many  who  have  been 
ranked  among  the  great  men  of  the  earth,  but 
he  is  confident  that  truth,  however  plain  may 
be  her  apparel  and  humble  her  appearance, 
will  prevail. 

Though  systems  of  geology  almost  without 
number  have  been  sent  forth  into  tbe  world, 
some  of  which  darken  more  than  they  enlighten 
the  mind,  and  instead  of  guiding  the  votaries 
of  science  to  the  temple  of  truth,  bewilder 
them  in  the  labyrinths  of  error,  yet  most  of 
the  theories  have  been  useful.  They  have  ex- 
cited the  human  mind  to  inquiries,  induced 
many  to  enter  the  extensive  field  of  research, 
and  have  been  the  cause  of  many  important 
discoveries. 

Facts  are  the  materials  out  of  which  theories 
are  to  be  formed  and  supported.  These  mate- 
rials may  be  so  mutilated  and  changed,  as  to 
form  a  theory  of  almost  any  shape;  but  that 
theory  must  be  best  which  is  raised  from  the 
most  simple  facts,  and  supported  by  such  as 
are  gathered  from  the  remotest  parts  of  the 
earth.     If  we  can  construct  an  edifice  of  the 


XIV  PREFACE. 

materials  brought  from  the  four  quarters  of  the 
globe,  and  from  the  different  isles  of  the  ocean, 
and  without  alteration  have  them  all  unite  as 
if  wrought  by  the  most  skilful  hand — Such  an 
edifice  will  remain  unshaken,  however  strong 
may  be  the  force  of  prejudice,   or  violent  the 
blasts  of  vain  and  false  philosophy.    Facts  like 
witnesses  have  been   tortured  to  testify  in  op- 
position to  each  other,  and  often  in  opposition 
'to  reason  and  truth.     But  if  they  will  rise  vo- 
luntarily and  simply  affirm  in  unison  with  each 
other,  ought  they  not  to  be  believed?     If  the 
relics  and  alluvia  of  Siberia,  and  of  the  other 
extensive  section  of  Asia,  voluntarily  unite  and 
testify   with  those  of  Africa,  and   the   many 
which  exist  in  Europe,  and  all  appear  in  per- 
fect harmony  with  the  numerous  phenomena  of 
America,  though  contrary  to  theories  formed 
from  the  facts  of  a  small  province,  or  kingdom, 
ought  we  not  to  believe?  If  the  remains  of  ma- 
rine  and  land   animals,  which   are  found   on 
plains  and  mountains,  and  those  which  are  im- 
beded  in  masses  of  solid  rocks,  come  forth, 
with  the  bones  of  antedeluvian  men,  which  are 
found  in  our  own  country;  if  all  of  these,  with 
various  other  phenomena  which  have  obstructed 
the  progress  of  geological  inquiry,  be  not  only 
removed,  but  join  in  support  of  our  theory, 
who  will  not  be  convinced  of  its  correctness? 


PREFACE.  XV 

In  a  work  so  limited,  it  cannot  be  expect- 
ed that  we  shall  prove  to  a  demonstration  all 
propositions  which  may  be  advanced,  but  we 
calculate  to  give  some  substantial  facts  in  proof 
of  every  statement. 

We  will  take  the  word  of  God  for  our  guide, 
reason  and  philosophy  for  our  attendants,  and 
supported  by  the  m^ny  facts  which  have  been 
brought  to  light,  we  trust  to  the  candour  of  an 
enlightened  public,  and  bid  defiance  to  the 
ridicule  of  the  sceptic,  the  scoffs  of  the  theo- 
rist, the  frowns  of7  the  superstitious,  and  the 
malice  of  the  atheist. 

The  envious  critic  whose  life  is  devoted  to 
poisoning  or  destroying  the  fruits  of  others'  la- 
bours, may  writhe  his  hydra  folds  round  every 
word,  yet  in  an  enlightened  public  we  have  con- 
fidence,  and  the  public  is  the  tribunal  to  which 
we  are  willing  to  submit  the  publication. 


FORMATION 


OP 


Q 


In  the  beginning  God  created  the  heaven 
and  the  earth.*  The  heaven  here  referred 
to,  was  doubtless  the  shining  worlds  which 
range  the  unlimited  fields  of  ether,  and  which 
are  so  many  grand  theatres  in  which  the  glo- 
rious attributes  of  Deity  are  displayed.  In 
the  numbers  of  brilliant  spheres,  which  then 
adorned  the  skies,  we  believe  were  included 
our  sun,  and  all  the  planets  which  revolve 
around  this  splendid  centre,  except  the  earth 
and  moon.  But,  since  the  period  when  God 
commanded  the  earth  to  appear,  other  planets, 
both  primary  and  secondary,  may  have  been 
created,  and  at  the  Almighty's  command, 
more  may  spring  into  existence,  and  become 
the  abodes  of  intelligence.     Millions  of  splen- 


Gen.  i.  i. 


14 

did  systems  may  have  adorned  the  heavens, 
and  experienced  the  munificence  of  an  all-wise 
Creator,  and  bountiful  Benefactor,  for  myri- 
ads of  centuries,  before  the  Author  of  univer- 
sal nature  saw  fit  in  his  providence  to  form 
the  sphere  on  which  we  live.  From  the  word 
of  God,  we  learn,  that  the  heavens  were  cre- 
ated before  the  earth,*  and  no  reference  is 
given  as  to  the  space  of  time  which  intervened 
before  our  planet  assumed  its  form. 

The  earth  was  without  form  and  void.\ 
This  is  indicative  of  the  state  in  which  the 
matter  composing  our  earth  existed,  before 
God  moulded  it  to  be  a  habitable  world. 
The  matter  which  composes  our  sphere,  then 
existed  in  a  chaotic  state,  floating  in  the  ex- 
panse of  ether,  unaffected  by  the  laws  of 
gravitation. 

When  God  gave  to  this  matter  laws,  which 
bound  one  particle  to  another,  they  rushed 
together,  and  a  sphere  was  formed.  The 
denser  particles  were  most  attracted,  moved 
fastest  towards  the  centre  of  the  agitated 
mass,  and  propelled  the  lighter  towards  the 
surface.  The  particles  composing  the  water 
being  of  less  density  than  those  of  the  earth, 
were  forced  towards  the  surface  and  covered 

*  God  created  the  heaven  and  the  earth*     Gen    i.  1. 
t  Gen.  i.  2. 


15 

the  face  of  the  globe.  Darkness  was  on  the 
face  of  the  deep*  The  deep  here  alluded  to 
could  have  been  nothing  but  the  expanse  of 
waters  which  covered  our  sphere,  and  there 
being  no  light,  we  must  conclude  that  the  at- 
mosphere, which  is  the  medium  of  light,  was 
not  formed,  or  existed  in  so  turbid  a  state,  as 
not  to  admit  the  rays  of  light. 

The  spirit  of  God  moved  upon  the  face  of 
the  water  s.\  This  passage  clearly  shows, 
that  our  planet  was  then  covered  with  water. 
It  is  rational  to  conclude,  that  the  atmosphere 
at  that  time  was  not  so  completely  formed  as 
to  be  transparent.  The  particles  composing 
the  fluid  that  surrounds  the  globe,  were  min- 
gled witH  the  denser  ones,  when  our  sphere 
was  formed,  or  when  the  matter  composing 
it  consolidated.  Then  by  the  pressure  of 
denser  ones  they  were  forced  to  rise.  The 
aqueous  particles  were  first  propelled  to  cover 
the  solid  parts  of  the  earth,  and  the  aeriform 
substances,  according  to  their  densities,  em- 
braced the  waters  without,  as  the  waters  en- 
closed the  solids  within. 

And  God  said,  Let  there  be  light;  and  there 
was  light.%  At  that  time  the  atmosphere 
had  become  so  divested  of  opaque  particles, 

*  Geo.  i.  2.  t  Ibid.  i  Gen,  i.  3. 


16 

as  to  admit  the  rays  of  the  sun  to  the  surface 
of  the  earth.  But  it  appears  that  the  atmos- 
phere did  not  for  some  time  become  so  clear 
or  transparent  as  to  admit  the  feebler  light  of 
the  stars.  For,  some  time  after  God  said,  Let 
there  he  light,  which  was  emitted  from  the 
gun,  he  caused  the  stars  to  shine.* 

This  would  have  been  the  case,  had  our 
globe  and  its  garments  been  formed  in  the 
manner  we  have  stated.  A  length  of  time 
would  have  been  required  for  the  finer  parti- 
cles, which  compose  our  atmosphere,  to  be 
separated  from  the  grosser  ones,  which  are  in 
the  earth  and  on  its  surface.  It  is  rational  to 
suppose,  that  the  atmosphere  for  some  time 
would  be  loaded  with  vapours  that  the  re- 
flected light  of  the  planets,  and  the  twinkling 
rays  of  the  stars,  could  not  reach  the  surface 
of  the  earth;  but  the  more  copious  beams  of 
the  sun  would  sooner  perforate  the  vapours, 
and  give  day  to  half  the  sphere,  as  now  we 
are  not  deprived  of  his  light,  though  our 
hemisphere  it  thickly  shrouded  in  clouds. 

Thus  far  do  reason  and  revelation  perfectly 
coincide;  and  further  still  does  the  sacred 
Word  prove  the  accuracy  of  the  positions  we 
have  taken.  That  the  earth  was  first  covered 
with  waters,  appears  evident  from  the  ninth 

*  Gen.  i.  14. 


17 

verse  of  the  history  of  the  creation. — And 
God  said,  Let  the  waters  under  the  heavens  be 
gathered  together  in  one  place; — and  God  call- 
ed the  dry  land  earth*  and  the  gathering  toge- 
ther of  the  waters  called  he  seas.* 

When  the  earth  by  the  command  of  the 
Almighty,  was  fashioned  to  a  sphere,  there 
were  no  rocks  nor  stones  in  the  whole  con- 
fused mass.  This  appears  from  many  facts, 
and  from  reason.  Many  rocks  contain  animal 
and  vegetable  remains. f  The  various  species 
whose  relics  are  deposited  in  rocks,  must  have 
had  an  existence  previous  to  the  existence  of 
the  rocks  in  their  present  form.  If  the  rocks 
were  formed  when  the  world  was,  these  ani- 
mals must  have  lived  before  the  world  was 
created.  Animal  and  vegetable  remains  are 
found  only  in  rocks  termed  secondary.  That 
those  denominated  primitive,  though  they 
contain  no  relics,  were  not  formed  as  they 
now  exist,  when  the  world  was  created,  ap- 
pears from  reason. 

If  matter,  when  in  a  chaotic  state,  possessed 
power  of  attraction  sufficient  to  form  rocks, 
those  rocks  would  have  attracted  more  mat- 

*  Gen.  i.  9. 

t  Animal  and  vegetable  remains  being  so  frequently  found  in  solid 
masses  of  rocks,  in  almost  every  section  of  the  world;  and  so  frequent- 
ly mentioned  by  ail  geologists,  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  make  any 
direct  reference  to  prove  what  cau  be  doubted  by  none. 

2* 


18 

ter   to  them,  the   attraction  would  have   in- 
creased in  proportion  to  the  matter  consoli- 
dated, a  world  would  have  been  formed  im- 
mediately; and  all  the  rocks  would  have  been 
precipitated  to  the  centre  of  the  globe.  There- 
fore, if  the  primitive  rocks  existed  before  the 
law  was  given,  which  binds   one  particle  to 
another,   the    rocks    being    denser   than   the 
earthy  particles,  would  leave  the  latter  nearer 
the  surface,  and  no  primitive  rocks  would  be 
found  near  the   circumference  of   our  globe. 
But  immense  masses  of  primitive  rocks  are 
found  not  only  on  lighter  particles  beneath  the 
earth's  surface,  but  even  on  the  surface,  and 
they  crown  the  summits  of  the  highest  moun- 
tains.    These  could  not  have  been  their  situ- 
ation, had  they  existed  in  their  present  state 
when  the  globe  was  summoned  to  appear  as 
an  habitation  for  the  living.     Therefore,  we 
shall  conclude  that  no  rocks  were  formed  when 
the  world  was,  but   that  the  denser  particles 
were  nearer  the  centre,  and    the  rarer  pro- 
pelled  towards   the   surface,   and   the   whole 
covered  with  water  as  with  a  mantle,  and  the 
still    rarer    particles   which   compose  the  at- 
mosphere, united  above  to  warm,  protect,  and 
enlighten  the  whole. 

Having  premised  the  manner  in  which  we 
conceive  it  pleased  the  Almighty  to  fashion 


19 

our  world,  when  he  called  it  from  chaos,  it 
remains  to  point  out  the  various  causes  which 
he  employed  as  his  agents,  to  produce  the 
many  effects  now  witnessed  in  every  country 
on  the  globe. 

All  the  elements  are  servants  of  God.  They 
all   have  laws   by  which   they  are  regulated, 
and  bounds  to  which  they  are  limited;  beyond 
which  they  never  pass,   but  by  his  supreme 
command.     God  works   by  means   in   the  na- 
tural as  well  as  in  the  moral   world.     When 
he  had  formed  the  world  by  his  laws,  when 
darkness  was  on  the  face  of  the  deep,  when 
the  spirit  of  the  Lord  moved  on  the  face  of  the 
waters,  when  he  would  cause  the  dry  land  to 
appear,  the  means  which  the  great  Architect 
of  nature  would  employ  to  accomplish  so  great 
a  work  must  be  worthy  of  the  attention  of  all. 
Water,  fire,  and   air,*  are   the  agents   by 
which  the  Almighty  carries  on  his  wonderful 
operation    on  our    sphere.     In     the  different 
combinations,  and  motions  of  these  servants  of 
God,  we  are  to  look  for  the  causes  of  all  the 
effects  and  catastrophes  which  our  planet  has 
experienced.     The  water  and  air,  encompass- 
ing the  solid  parts  of  the  earth,  equally  affect- 

*  In  the  word  air  we  comprehend  the  various  gassss  which  are 
found  to  unite  in  the  atmosphere.  As  our  object  is  to  give  a  brief  view 
of  our  theory,  in  a  manner  that  can  be  comprehended  by  all,  we  shall 
avoid  running  into  chymical  minuti<e. 


20 

ed  its  surface,  that  we  cannot  conceive  that 
either  one,  or  both  of  these  could  have  pro- 
duced the  great  effects  which  we  witness  in  the 
solid  parts  of  the  earth,  in  every  section  of 
country  which  has  been  explored. 

Then  it  is  to  heat  or  fire  that  we  are  to  look 
for  thegiowerful  agent  which  has  often  revolu- 
tionized our  world,  raised  lands  from  beneath 
the  ocean,  elevated  mountains,  formed  many  of 
the  rocks  and  caused  the  surface  of  our  globe 
to  assume  so  different  an  appearance,  from 
what  it  bore  when  the  Lord  commanded  the 
dry  land  to  appear.  Water  and  air  have  pro- 
duced some  changes  on  the  surface  of  the  earth, 
to  which  we  shall  occasionally  refer,  but  as  fire 
has  been  the  most  active  agent,  in  bringing 
about  the  revolutions  which  are  visible  to  every 
inquiring  mind  that  surveys  the  works  of  na- 
ture, to  that  we  shall  assign  the  principal 
effects  which  appear,  and  by  that  we  shall  at- 
tempt to  account  for  many  of  the  phenomena 
which  have  excited  the  attention  of  the  philo- 
sophic world. 

When  we  survey  the  surface  of  our  planet 
we  cannot  indulge  a  thought,  but  it  has  under- 
gone many  great,  and  important  changes.  The 
rocks,  the  mountains,  the  hills,  and  vallies^ 
the  plains,  and  the  ocean  itself,  declare  iu 
The  changes  wrought  by  water  and  air,  have 


21 

been  small,  compared  to  those  which  are  the 
effects  of  fire.  Water  and  air  continue  their 
operations  daily,  in  depressing  mountains,  and 
elevating  vallies.  The  shattered  state  of  rocks, 
precipices,  and  mountains,  declares  that  what 
gave  them  their  positions,  was  sudden,  violent, 
and  from  beneath.     This  cause  was  fire. 

Heat  causes  matter  to  expand,  and  if  once 
excited  will  increase  in  power  till  it  forces  its 
wray  to  a  rarer  medium.  When  the  world  was 
fashioned,  the  concussion  of  particles  of  matter 
in  consolidating  would  produce  heat.  This 
heat  generated,  perhaps,  several  miles  beneath 
the  bed  of  the  ocean  by  its  own  force,  prepared 
combustion  around  its  focal  point,  and  bound 
by  a  thick  covering  of  earth  and  water,  must 
have  acquired  an  immense  power  before  it 
could  raise  its  incumbent  load.  The  matter 
which  was  most  exposed  to  this  vast  furnace 
of  nature,  became  liquified.  When  the  ocean 
of  fire  within  hacj  acquired  strength  to  elevate 
the  mass  above,  the  bottom  of  the  ocean  was 
raised  to  mountainous  heights,  and  the  liqui- 
fied matter,  as  it  was  exposed  to  water  and 
air,  consolidated  into  masses  of  what  are  deno- 
minated primitive  rocks.  Thus  were  formed 
the  masses  of  granite,  which  are  the  basis  of 
the  most  elevated  lands,  which  crown  the  sum- 
mits of  the  highest  mountains,  and  are  scatter- 


22 

ed  in  precipices,  and  in  less  fragments  over 
various  parts  of  the  earth.  As  the  bottom  of 
the  ocean  was  raised,  and  the  rarified  parti- 
cles ascended  into  the  atmosphere,  the  waters 
rushed  into  the  vast  abyss,  and  mountains, 
hills,  and  plains,  were  supported  on  the  shat- 
tered arches.  Thus  the  waters  were  gather- 
ed together,  and  thus  the  dry  land  was  made 
to  appear. 

Rocks  have  been  formed  by  three  different 
processes  of  nature. 

1st.  Those  denominated  primitive,  were 
formed  by  heat,  as  has  been  stated,  when  the 
matter  was  so  exposed  to  internal  fires  as  to 
become  liquified. 

2nd.  Those  ranked  under  the  appellation 
of  secondary  rocks,  or  such  as  contain  the 
relics  of  animals  or  vegetables,  were  formed 
by  particles  becoming  denser  than  water  set- 
tling to  the  bottom  of  the  ocean,  and  long  re- 
maining there  in  a  quiescent  state,  consolidated 
into    massive   strata,*     Shells  of  fishes,   and 

*  Many  substances  denominated  solids  will  float  for  a  length  of  time 
in  the  water,  and  then  sink.  The  matter  composing  such  bodies  are 
of  a  greater  weight  than  the  same  bulk  of  water,  but  they  are  buoyed 
up  by  the  air  which  is  contained  in  the  pores.  The  action  of  water 
on  the  particles,  contracts  them  and  expels  the  air,  that  the  surface  is 
diminished,  and  not  containing  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  fluid  rarer 
than  the  water  to  support  it,  the  body,  according  to  the  laws  of  gra- 
vitation, is  drawn  to  the  bottom  of  the  water.  Water  in  some  bodies, 
as  ib  ice  in  the  spring,  expels  the  air  by  pressing  into  the  pores,  and 


23 

even  fishes  themselves  become  embodied  in 
these  strata  before  they  were  raised  from 
the  bed  of  the  ocean. 

3d.  Are  those  which  are  formed  in  the  earth 
by  similar  particles  of  matter  coming  hi  con- 
tact, by  agency  of  water,  or  otherwise,  long  re- 
maining at  rest  till  particle  adheres  to  particle, 
and  rocks  are  formed.  Of  such  are  the  petri- 
factions found  in  the  earth,  and  several  spe- 
cies of  sand,  stone,  &c* 

The  rocks  which  contain  marine  relics,  ve- 
getables, and  even  the  remains  of  land  ani- 
mals, will  first  demand  our  attention. 

That  these  were  formed  in  the  bottom  of  the 
ocean,  appears  evident  from  the  many  facts 
which  we  have  on  record,  and  from  those 
which  must  have  fallen  under  the  observation 
of  every  person. 

In  the  lowest  stratum  of  secondary  rocks  are 
found  no  remains  but  those   of  fishes,  or  of 

then  the  body  is  of  more  weight  than  the  same  extent  of  water,  and  it 
sinks.  Hence  green  timber,  while  the  pores  are  filled  with  sap,  is 
heavier  than  when  the  moisture  is  expelled  by  rarifection,  and  the 
pores  are  filled  with.  air. 

*  The  process  carried  on  by  nature  in  petrifactions  is  curious,  and 
simple  as  are  all  her  works.  As  one  particle  of  matter  is  removed 
by  decay,  or  putrefaction  in  any  animal  or  vegetable  body  at  rest, 
where  water  continues  to  bring  lime,  or  any  calcarious  particles, 
the  place  of  the  particle  removed,  is  instantly  occupied  by  the  stony 
substance  that  the  whole  body  retains  its  figure,  though  the  substance 
is  wholly  changed.  Hence  are  frequently  found  stones  of  exact  simi- 
litude of  plants,  trees,  reptiles,  &c.  and  even  the  human  frame,  while 
reposing  in  the  grave,  has  undergone  this  material  change. 


24 

aquatic  animals,  and  these  remains  are  very 
different  from  any  which  are  now  known  to 
exist.  The  changes  which  our  planet  has  ex- 
perienced, have  produced  changes  in  the  spe- 
cies of  animals,  which  were  destined  to  inhabit 
the  lands,  or  dwell  beneath  the  waters.  This 
appears  evident  from  the  fact,  that  the  remains 
of  many  animals  have  been  found,  which  bear 
but  little  resemblance  to  the  same  species  at 
the  present  time,  and  many  have  been  disco- 
vered, whose  species  and  even  genus  have  be- 
come extinct. 

The  organic  remains  found  in  the  oldest 
secondary  rocks,  differ  more  from  existing 
species  than  remains  found  in  rocks  of  more 
recent  formation.*  This  induces  us  to  believe 
that  the  changes  and  catastrophes  to  which 
our  world  has  been  subject,  have,  by  changing 
the  properties  or  motions  of  the  elements,  pro- 

*  "Amidst  these  changes  of  the  general  fluid,"  says  Ctjyier,  "it 
must  have  been  almost  impossible  for  the  same  kind  cf  animals  to 
have  lived — nor  did  they  do  so  in  fact.  Their  species,  and  even  gen- 
era, change  with  the  strata,  and  although  the  same  species  occasion- 
ally recur  at  small  distances,  it  is  generally  the  case,  that  the  shells  of 
the  ancient  strata  have  forms  peculiar  to  themselves;  that  they  gradu- 
ally disappear,  till  they  are  not  to  be  seen  at  all  in  the  recent  strata, 
still  less  in  the  existing  seas,  in  which  indeed  we  never  discover  their 
corresponding  species,  and  where  several  species  of  their  genera  are 
not  to  be  found.  Thai,  on  the  contrary,  the  shells  of  the  recent,  re- 
semble, as  it  respects  the  genus,  those  which  exist  in  the  sea;  and  that 
in  the  last  formed  and  loosest  of  these  strata,  there  are  some  species, 
which  the  eye  of  the  most  expert  naturalist  cannot  distinguish  from 
those  which  at  present  inhabit  the  ocean." — Page  35. 


«/= 


duced  essential  changes  in  the  form,  constitu- 
tions, and  habits  of  the  animal  creation. 

The  organic  remains  found  in  the  most  an- 
cient secondary  rocks,  are  wholly  of  the  marine 
kind,  and  from  their  shape  we  are  induced  to 
believe,  that  when  they  lived  they  were  in 
their  rudest  state.  These  inhabited  the  wa- 
ters before  the  Lord  commanded  the  dry  land 
to  appear.  We  are  led  to  this  belief  by  the 
fact,  that  no  remains  of  land  animals,  nor  of 
vegetables,  are  found  in  the  strata  containing 
these  relics. 

Before  the  first  lands  were  raised  from  the 
ocean,  there  were  no  currents  in  the  waters  as 
there  now  are.  This  will  be  hereafter  ex- 
plained. Then  the  waters  were  not  agitated 
by  the  winds,  tides,  nor  tempests,  as  they  now 
are.  Then  the  inhabitants  of  the  waters  had 
no  tides  nor  currents  to  encounter  as  they  now 
have.  They  remained  in  a  quiescent  state, 
died,  their  remains  settled  to  the  bottom  of 
the  ocean,  there  undisturbed  by  any  agitation 
of  the  waters,  their  relics  petrified,*  or  cover- 

*  It  is  a  well  known  fact,  that  in  caves  where  there  is  no  circulation 
of  air,  that  many  petrifactions  are  found.  Likewise  in  graves,  which 
are  filled  with  water  impregnated  with  lime,  where  there  is  no  cur- 
rent, the  human  body  has  in  a  few  years  been  converted  into  solid 
marble.  It  is  evident,  that  if  there  were  no  tides  nor  waves  in  the 
ocean,  the  same  process  would  be  carried  on  at  the  bottom,  and  it 
cannot  be  surprising  that  we  find  masses  of  secondary  rocks  some 
hundred  feet  in  thickness. 

3 


26    - 

ed  by  other  particles  cemented  into  rocks. — 
When,  by  internal  fires,  the  solid  foundations 
of  the  deep  were  elevated  to  be  the  abode  of 
nobler  animals,  these  relics  were  projected  far 
from  the  depths  where  they  had  long  reposed, 
and  crown  the  summits  of  our  hills  and  moun- 
tains. When  dry  land  appeared,  which  was 
the  Eastern  continent,  currents  in  the  ocean  in 
a  degree  commenced.  Rivers  began  to  flow, 
winds  begau  to  agitate  the  surface  of  the 
waters,  and  the  tides  moved  regularly  to  and 
from  the  new  born  land.  The  waters  were 
kept  in  motion  to  a  greater  depth  near  the 
continent  than  at  a  distance  from  the  shore. 
Then  the  inhabitants  of  the  deep  were  forced 
to  oppose  the  currents;  they  were  impelled  to 
greater  action,  and  their  strength,  shape,  and 
motions  were  formed  for  the  sphere  which  they 
were  destined  to  fill.  Then  many  species, 
and  perhaps  genera,  became  extinct  *  Among 
the  numerous  remains  which  wTere  deposited 
prior  to  this  period,  no  appearance  of  land 
animals  nor  of  vegetable  have  been  discovered, 
and  there  are  no  vestiges  of  aquatic  animals 
or  fishes,  whose  shape  would  indicate  that  they 
had  ever  been  engaged  in  stemming  the  rapid 
currents  of  tides  or  rivers. f 

*  Vide  Cuvier,  from  page  118  to  129. 

f  That  a  change  should  be  effected  in  the  animal  creation,  by  cur- 
rents, &c.  caay  appear  doubtful  on  a  partial  view  of  this  subject.    But 


27 

The  Eastern  continent,  or  a  greater  part  of 
it,  and  perhaps  much  more  than  what  now  re- 
mains above  the  waters,  was  raised  when  God 
commanded  the  seas  to  retire.  Then  vegeta- 
tion was  caused  to  grow,  and  animals  designed 
for  the  use  and  convenience  of  man  were  cre- 
ated. As  vegetables  were  torn  from  the  soil, 
and  as  animals  died,  some  of  each  were  trans- 
ported by  rivers  to  the  ocean.  These  remains 
were  borne  by  marine  currents  to  various  dis- 
tances from  the  land,  settled,  mingled  with 
other  matter,  and  cemented  into  rocks. 

When  there  was  but  one  continent,  the 
marine  currents  were  different  from  their  pre- 
sent courses.  Then  the  waters  were  raised* 
highest  near  the  coasts,  and  flowed  to  the  east 
from  the  eastern  shores  of  Asia  and  Africa, 
and  to  the  west  from  the  western  coasts  of  Af- 
rica and  Europe.  These  currents  transported 
to  different  distances  in  the  ocean  the  deposits 
which  rivers  committed  to  their  charge;  and  as 
they  moved  from  the  continent,  their  velocity 

when  we  reflect  that  no  other  change  but  that  of  climate  will  produce 
a  great  change  in  animal  shape  and  economy,  we  must  believe  that  a 
change  in  climate,  in  food,  in  exercise,  in  the  air  and  water  would  have 
a  much  greater  effect.  Those  animals  which  were  incapable  of  such  a 
change  perished,  and  such  species  as  could  endure  this  metamorphosis 
and  subsequent  catastrophes,  have  extended  their  lineage  to  the  pre- 
sent time.  Fishes  which  have  been  the  inmates  of  salt  water,  and 
removed  to  fresh,  experience  an  essential  change  in  their  forms  and 
habits.    See  Dr.  Samuel  Mitchill,  Notes  on  Cuvier,  p.  331, 


28 

diminished-,  and  the  remains  they  bore  set- 
tled at  different  distances  from  the  shore 
according  to  their  densities.  As  these  currents 
returned  towards  the  continent  twice  each  day 
the  debris  and  remains  they  carried  from  the 
land,  could  not  be  transported  round  the 
globe.  The  waters  remained  nearly  at  rest  on 
the  side  of  the  earth  opposite  to  the  continent. 
Thus  continued  the  grand  process  of  nature 
in  forming  rocks,  for  the  support  of  lands  and 
mountains,  for  the  benefit  of  future  generations, 
till  one  thousand  six  hundred  and  fifty  years 
after  man  was  created,  when  the  Almighty,  in 
justice,  caused  a  still  greater  change  to  be  ef- 
fected on  the  surface  of  our  planet.  The  old 
continent  groaned  under  the  burden  of  iniqui- 
ty. That  Being  whose  all  penetrating  eye  be- 
holds the  actions  and  thoughts  of  all,  would 
suffer  no  longer  such  vices  to  prevail.  To  his 
faithful  servant  he  revealed  his  will,  and  pro- 
vided means  for  the  preservation  of  those  who 
were  to  re-people  the  world.  To  accomplish 
this  work  of  justice,  and  to  render  our  planet 
a  more  extensive  theatre,  in  which  his  glorious 
attributes  were  to  be  displayed,  God  caused  a 
new  continent  to  appear.  Again,  He  com- 
missioned his  servant  fire  to  exert  his  strength 
far  beneath  the  bed  of  the  ocean.  While  Noah 
was  building  the  Ark,  the  fire  was  gathering 


29 

power  to  accomplish  his  wonderful  task.  When 
the  chosen  few  were  in  safety,  when  the  ap- 
pointed time  arrived  for  nature  to  be  confound- 
ed, the  command  was  given  for  a  new  conti- 
nent to  appear.  The  greater  part  of  America 
arose.  The  ascensions  produced  the  universal 
deluge,  as  will  be  hereafter  clearly  elucidated. 
This  produced  a  residence  for  millions  of  in- 
telligent beings,  and  occasioned  changes  in 
the  economy,  and  order  of  the  elements,  and 
no  less  revolution  in  the  formation  and  dura- 
tion of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdom. 
Since  that  period  when  most  of  AmerX& 
emerged  from  the  deep,  the  north-eastern  part 
of  our  continent  has  been  raised,  and  produced 
a  deluge  similar,  though  less  extensive  than 
that  in  which  all  flesh  suffered.  Other  like 
catastrophes  have  taken  place  in  our  world  at 
various  periods,  which  will  claim  our  attention 
m  their  proper  places. 

Having  briefly  introduced  our  theory  of  the 
formation  of  the  earth,  rocks,  mountains,  &c, 
we  will  attempt  to  bring  facts  to  prove  that 
the  premises  we  have  assumed  are  correct. 
But  in  giving  merely  an  abstract  of  a  theory  it 
cannot  be  expected  that  we  should  introduce  all 
the  facts  which  have  been  brought  to  light  by 
the  ingenious  and  enterprising  Geologists.  A 
simple  relation  of  facts,  which  go  directly  to 
3* 


30 

prove  the  correctness  of  our  theory,  would  af- 
ford matter  for  volumes.  Therefore,  we  shall 
have  recourse  but  to  few,  and  to  such  as  are 
most  generally  known. 


In  commencing  with  the  proofs  to  establish 
our  theory,  we  are  induced  to  make  use  of  some 
preliminary  remarks  of  the  illustrious  Cuvier. 
"When  the  traveller  passes  through  those  fer- 
tile plains  where  gently  flowing  streams  nour- 
ish in  their  course  an  abundant  vegetation,  and 
where  the  soil  is  inhabited  by  a  numerous  popu- 
lation, adorned  with  flourishing  villages,  opu- 
lent cities,  and  superb  monuments,  is  never 
disturbed  except  by  the  ravages  of  war,  and 
tke  oppression  of  tyrants,  he  is  not  led  to  sus- 
pect that  nature  has  also  had  her  intestine 
wars,  and  that  the  surface  of  our  globe  has 
been  much  convulsed  by  successive  revolutions, 
and  various  catastrophes.  But  his  ideas 
change  as  soon  as  he  digs  into  that  soil  which 
presents  such  a  peaceful  aspect,  or  ascends  the 
hills  which  border  on  the  plains,  and  they  be- 
gin to  embrace  the  full  extent  and  grandeur  of 
those  ancient  events  to  which  I  have  alluded; 
when  he  climbs  the  more  elevated  chains  whose 
base  is  skirted  by  these  first  hills,  or  when,  by 
following  the  beds  of  descending  torrents,  he 


31 

penetrates  into  their  interior  structure,  which 
is  thus  laid  open  to  his  inspection."  Cuvier's 
Theory,  p.  30. 

FIRST  PROOF  OF  REVOLUTIONS  ON  THE 
SURFACE  OF  THE  GLOBE. 

The  lowest  and  most  level  parts  of  the  earth, 
when  penetrated  to  any  great  depth,  exhibit 
nothing  but  horizontal  strata,  composed  of  cu- 
rious substances,  and  containing  almost  all  of 
them  innumerable  marine  productions.  Simi- 
lar strata,  with  the  same  kind  of  productions, 
compose  the  hills  even  to  a  great  height. 
Sometimes  the  shells  are  so  numerous  as  to 
constitute  the  entire  body  of  the  stratum.  They 
are  almost  every  where  in  such  a  perfect  state 
of  preservation,  that  even  the  smallest  of  them 
retain  their  most  delicate  parts,  their  sharpest 
ridges,  and  their  finest  and  tenderest  processes. 
They  are  found  in  elevations  far  above  the 
level  of  every  part  of  the  ocean,  and  in  places 
to  which  the  sea  could  not  be  conveyed  by  any 
existing  cause.  They  are  not  only  enclosed  in 
loose  sand,  but  are  often  incrusted  and  pene- 
trated on  all  sides  by  the  hardest  stones. 
Every  part  of  the  earth,  every  hemisphere, 
every  continent,  every  island  of  any  size,  ex- 
hibits the  same  phenomena.     We  are  there- 


32 

fore  forcibly  led  to  believe,  not  only  that  the 
sea  has  at  one  period  or  another  covered  all 
our  plains,  but  that  it  must  have  remained 
there  a  long  time,  and  in  a  state  of  tranquility; 
which  circumstance  was  necessary  for  the  for- 
mation of  deposits  so  extensive,  so  thick,  in  part 
so  solid,  and  containing  exuvice  so  perfectly 
preserved. 

The  time  is  past  for  ignorance  to  assert  that 
these  remains  of  organized  bodies  are  mere 
lusus  naturce;  productions,  generated  in  the 
womb  of  the  earth  by  its  own  created  powers. 
A  nice  and  scrupulous  comparison  of  their 
forms,  of  their  contexture,  and  frequently 
even  of  their  composition,  cannot  detect  the 
slightest  difference  between  these  shells  and 
the  shells  which  still  inhabit  the  sea.  They 
have  therefore  once  lived  in  the  sea,  and  been 
deposited  by  it,  the  sea  must  consequently  have 
rested  in  the  places  where  the  depositions  have 
taken  place.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  the  ba« 
sin  or  reservoir,  containing  the  sea,  has  under- 
gone some  change  at  least,  either  in  extent  or 
in  situation  or  in  both.  Such  is  the  result  of 
the  very  first  search  and  of  the  most  superficial 
observation. 

The  traces  of  revolutions  become  still  more 
apparent  and  decisive  when  we  ascend  a  little 
higher,  and  approach  nearer  to  the  foot  of  the 


33 

great  chain  of  mountains.  There  are  still 
found  many  beds  of  shells,  some  of  these  are 
even  larger  and  more  solid;  the  shells  are  quite 
as  numerous  and  as  entirely  preserved,  but 
they  are  not  of  the  same  species  with  those 
which  were  found  in  less  elevated  regions. 
The  strata  which  contain  them  are  less  hori- 
zontal. They  have  various  degrees  of  inclina- 
tion, and,  are  sometimes  situated  vertically. 
While  in  the  plains  and  low  hills  it  was  neces- 
sary to  dig  deep  in  order  to  detect  the  succes- 
sion of  the  strata,  here  we  perceive  them  by 
means  of  the  vallies  which  time  or  violence  has 
produced,  and  which  disclose  their  edges  to  the 
eye  of  the  observer.  At  the  bottom  of  these 
declivities,  huge  masses  of  their  debris  are  col- 
lected, and  form  round  hills,  the  height  of  which 
is  augmented  by  the  operation  of  every  thaw 
and  every  storm. 

These  inclined,  or  vertical  strata,  which  form 
the  ridges  of  the  secondary  mountains,  do  not 
rest  on  the  horizontal  strata  of  the  hills  which 
are  situated  at  their  base  and  serve  as  their  first 
steps,  but  on  the  contrary  are  situated  under- 
neath them.  The  latter  are  placed  on  the  de- 
clivity of  the  former.  When  we  dig  through 
the  horizontal  strata,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  inclined  strata,  the  inclined  strata  are  in- 
variably found  below.     Nay,  sometimes  when 


34 

the  inclined  strata  are  not  too  much  elevated 
their  summit  is  surmounted  by  horizontal  strata. 
The  inclined  strata  are  therefore  more  ancient 
than  the  horizontal  strata.  And  as  they  must 
necessarily  have  been  formed  in  a  horizontal 
position  they  have  been  subsequently  shifted 
into  their  inclined  or  vertical  position,  and  that 
too  before  the  horizontal  strata  were  placed 
above  them. 

Thus  the  sea,  previous  to  the  formation  of 
the  horizontal  strata,  had  formed  others,  which 
by  some  means  have  been  broken,  lifted"  up, 
and  overturned  in  a  thousand  different  ways. 
There  had  therefore  been  also  at  least  one 
change  in  the  basin  of  that  sea-which  preceded 
ours,  it  had  also  experienced  at  least  one  revo- 
lution; and  as  several  of  these  inclined  strata 
which  it  had  formed  first,  are  elevated  above 
the  level  of  the  horizontal  strata  which  have 
succeeded  and  which  surrounds  them,  this  re- 
volution, while  it  gave  them  the  present  incli- 
nation, had  also  caused  them  to  project  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  so  as  to  form  islands,  or  at 
least  rocks  and  inequalities,  and  this  must  have 
happened,  whether  one  of  their  ridges  was  lift- 
ed above  the  water,  or  the  depression  of  the 
opposite  edge  caused  the  water  to  subside. 
This  is  the  second  result,  not  less  obvious,  nor 
less   clearly    demonstrated  than  the  first,  to 


35 

every  one  who  will  take  the  trouble  of  studying 
carefully  the  remains  by  which  it  is  illustrated 
and  proved. 

PROOFS  THAT  THESE  REVOLUTIONS  HAVE 
BEEN  SUDDEN. 

These  repeated  irruptions  and  retreats  of 
the  sea  have  neither  been  slow  nor  gradual; 
most  of  the  catastrophes  which  have  oc- 
casioned them  have  been  sudden;  and  this  is 
easily  proved,  especially  with  regard  to 
last  of  them,  the  traces  of  which  are  most  con- 
spicuous. In  the  northern  regions  it  has  left 
the  carcases  of  some  large  quadrupeds,  which 
the  ice  had  arrested,  and  which  are  preserved 
to  this  day  with  their  skin,  their  hair,  and  their 
flesh.  If  they  had  not  been  frozen  as  soon  as 
killed,  they  must  quickly  have  been  decom- 
posed by  putrefaction.  But  this  eternal  frost 
could  not  have  taken  possession  of  the  regions 
which  these  animals  inhabited,  except  by  the 
same  cause  which  destroyed  them;*  this  cause 

*  The  two  most  remarkable  phenomena  of  this  kind,  and  which 
must  forever  banish  all  idea  of  a  slow  and  gradual  revolution,  are  the 
rhinoceros  discovered  in  1771  s  in  the  banks  of  Vilhoid,  and  the  elephant 
recently  found  by  Mr.  Adams  near  the  mouth  of  the  Lena  This 
last  retained  its  flesh  and  skin,  on  which  were  hair  of  two  kinds;  one 
short,  fine,  and  crisped,  resembling  wool,  and  the  other  like  long 
bristles.  The  flesh  was  still  in  such  high  preservation,  that  it  vas 
e%ten  by  dogs.—  Cuxrier,p.  37,  note. 


36 

therefore  must  have  been  as  sudden  as  its 
effect. 

The  breaking  to  pieces  and  overturning  the 
strata,  which  happened  in  former  catastro- 
phes, show  plainly  enough  that  they  were 
sudden  and  violent  like  the  last;  and  the  heaps 
of  debris  and  rounded  pebbles  which  are  found 
in  various  places  among  the  solid  strata,  de- 
monstrate the  vast  force  of  the  motions  excited 
in  the  mass  of  waters  by  these  overturnings. — 
Life  has  therefore  been  often  disturbed  on  this 
earth  by  terrible  events.  Calamities  which  at 
their  commencement  moved  and  overturned  to 
a  great  depth  the  entire  outer  crust  of  the 
globe,  but  which,  since  these  first  commotions, 
have  uniformly  acted  at  less  depth,  and  less 
generally.  Numberless  living  beings  have  been 
the  victims  of  the  catastrophes;  some  have 
been  destroyed  by  sudden  inundations;  others 
"have  been  laid  dry  in  consequence  of  the  bot- 
tom of  the  seas  being  instantaneously  elevated. 
Their  races  even  have  become  extinct,  and 
have  left  no  memorial  of  them  except  some 
small  fragments,  which  the  naturalists  can 
scarcely  recognize." 

Such  is  the  opinion  of  the  illustrious  Cu- 
vikk,  and  thus  far,  had  he  been  labouring  to 
proVe  and  establish  the  theory  we  have 
adopted,    he  could   not  have   laboured   more 


37 

conclusively  to  the  point;  and  we  shall  attempt, 
from  the  premises  we  have  chosen,  to  show 
the  causes  of  the  revolutions  and  catastrophes 
which  he  has  so  distinctly  proved  to  have  taken 
place. 

PROOF  I. 

The  Position  of  the  various  Strata  ofRocTcSy 
Shells,  and  Jllluvion. 

That  the  theory  we  have  adopted  is  correct, 
we  will  first  attempt  to  prove  from  the  posi- 
tion of  the  strata  of  rocks,  &e.  which  appear 
on  or  near  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

The  rocks  composing  the  base,  the  sides, 
and  even  the  summits  of  mountains,  clearly 
testify  in  favour  of  our  theory. 

Such  a  similarity  exists  in  the  positions  of 
rocks  in  all  countries  which  have  been  ex- 
plored, that  we  cannot  doubt  but  they  were 
all  elevated  by  the  same  or  similar  causes,  if 
not  at  the  same  time. 

On  plains  the  strata  are  horizontal.  In 
many  low  plains  the  strata  have  never  been 
raised,  but  remain  as  they  were  formed  in  the 
bottom  of  the  ocean.  When,  by  the  revolu- 
tions, the  waters  receded,  as  will  be  hereafter 
explained,  what  once  was  the  foundations  of 
the  deep  was  left  dry. 
4 


38 

These  strata  have  been  covered  by  the  de- 
bris from  the  mountains,  and  by  the  alluvion 
which  has  been  brought  upon  them  by  cur- 
rents and  inundations.  The  bases  of  more 
elevated  plains,  were  raised  from  the  deep 
by  the  heat  which  operated  equally  on  the  va- 
rious parts,  that  they  were  raised  perpendicu- 
larly. 

The  summits  of  mountains  are  the  places 
under  whieh  the  greatest  force  was  exerted, 
and  these  are  the  places  where  the  fire  burst 
forth  to  light;  hence  they  were  elevated  to  a 
greater  height.  ; 

The  strata  composing  the  sides  of  the  moun- 
tains, are  inclined  to  a  plane  of  the  horizon  in 
various  degrees,  in  proportion  to  the  height  of 
the  mountains,  and  the  steepness  of  the  preci- 
pice which  they  compose.  Some  of  the  strata 
are  perpendicular,  while  others  are  nearly  ho- 
rizontal, and  the  strata  are  found,  in  all  de- 
grees of  inclination,  between  these  two  points. 

If  we  suppose  a  force  to  be  exerted  beneath 
a  horizontal  plain,  the  whole  plain  is;  raised, 
but  the  force  concentrating  into  certain  points, 
elevates  them  more  than  in  others,  it  is  easy  to 
conceive  that  the  strata  would  be  inclined  in 
proportion  to  the  height  to  which  the  point 
was  elevated.     This  is  the  situation  of  the  po- 


39 

sition  of  the  strata  composing  the  sides  of 
mountains* 

These  strata  near  the  base  of  the  mountains, 
dip  beneath  the  horizontal  strata  of  the  plain, 
which  proves,  as  Cuvier  observes,  that  th? 
inclined  strata  are  of  more  ancient  formation 
than  those  of  the  plains.  The  strata  of  the 
plains,  or  those  which  cover  the  inclined  ones, 
were  formed  after  the  mountains  were  raised, 
by  currents  which  flowed  to  the  sides  and  even 
summits  of  most  of  the  mountains. 

Beneath  the  strata  of  secondary  rocks,  the 
primitive  are  deposited.  These  were  formed, 
as  has  been  stated,  by  the  matter  becoming 
liquefied  by  the  heat  which  raised  the  land, 
and  when  the  heat  subsided,  they  consolidated 
into  extensive  masses,  and  in  general  retained 
the  position  in  which  they  were  formed  beneath 
the  secondary  ones.*     But   these  primitive 

*  The  greater  the  degree  of  heat  is  to  which  matter  is  exposed, 
when  it  becomes  liquefied,  the  harder  or  more  dense  the  body  is  when 
it  becomes  a  solid,  and  more  heat  is  required  to  i educe  a  solid  to  a 
fluid  the  second  than  the  first  time.  Hence  lead,  iron,  &c.  by  fre- 
quent melting,  become  harder.  Hence,  the  lower  strata  of  primi- 
tive rocks  being-  exposed  to  greater  heat  when  the  matter  composing 
them  was  liquefied,  are  found  to  be  harder. 

In  Ohio,  and  the  other  western  states,  in  boring  wells  for  salt  water, 
the  miners  judge  ot  their  distance  from  the  bottom  of  the  rock,  beneath 
which  salt  water  is  found  by  the  density  of  the  rock.  Near  the  bot- 
tom, the  rock  is  so  hard  that  their  implements  have  scarcely  any  effect 
upon  it.  Here  the  rocks  were  not  elevated  by  so  sudden  a  force  as  to 
break  or  remove  them  from  the  position  in  which  they  were  formed, 
and  the  lowest  having  experienced  the  greatest  degree  of  heat,  is 
found  to  be  the  most  dense. 


40 

rocks  are  found  to  crown  the  summits  of  moun- 
tains, more  particularly  those  of  the  highest 
class.  When  the  strata  which  were  formed 
horizontally  in  the  bed  of  the  sea  were  eleva- 
ted, they  could  not  cover  a  greater  surface 
than  they  had  covered  when  they  were  formed; 
hence  they  could  not  cover  the  sides  and  sum- 
mits of  mountains.  They  must  have  been  se- 
parated, and  in  the  places  where  most  force 
was  exerted,  the  divisions  would  be  made.  Be- 
neath the  summits  of  mountains  the  forces  con- 
centrated; here  the  rents  were  made,  and 
here  the  matter  composing  the  primitive  rocks 
was  elevated  to  the  greatest  height. 

In  some  few  places  the  strata  of  secondary 
rocks  have  been  discovered  below  the  masses 
of  primitive  ones.  In  those  places,  the  force 
which  elevated  them  was  so  great,  that  the 
strata,  when  elevated,  were  inverted. 

In  many  instances,  masses  of  primitive  rocks 
have,  by  earthquakes,  by  frosts,  tempests,  &c. 
been  loosened  from  their  seats  on  the  summits 
of  mountains,  and  have  been  precipitated  down 
the  precipices,  and  at  last  rest  on  strata  of  se- 
condary ones.  In  other  instances,  immense 
masses  of  primitive  rocks  have  been  borne  in 
ice  and  currents,  far  from  the  situations  in 
which  they  were  first  deposited.  It  is  ration- 
al to  conclude,  that  in  such  explosions  as  those 


41 

which  elevated  mountains  and  continents,  vast 
fragments  of  mountains  would  be  projected 
to  a  great  distance,  and  when  they  descen- 
ded, they  must  have  rested  on  strata  of  secon- 
dary rocks.  Hence  wTe  have  a  cause  for  the 
appearance  of  many  clefts,  and  eminences  of 
rocks,  reposing  on  plains  far  distant  from 
mountains  and  of  congenial  strata.*  If  in  such 
explosions  as  are  witnessed  in  iEtna,  rocks  of 
hundreds  of  pounds  in  weight  are  thrown 
miles  into  the  country,  what  might  we  not  ex- 
pect from  an  eruption  which  raised  the  An- 
des, Cordilleries,  the  Alleghany  and  Stony 
mountains? 

PROOF  II. 

The  formation  of  the  various  Strata. 

The  strata  of  secondary  rocks  are  of  differ- 
ent thickness. 

Parallel  interstices  separate  one  stratum  from 
another,  which  evidently  shows  that  they  were 
interrupted  in  their  formation,  or  that  petri- 
faction was  from  some  cause  prevented,  and 

*  From  the  appearances  of  precipices,  or  fragments  of  mountains 
on  plains  far  remote  from  ranges  of  mountains,  and  from  the  situation 
of  many  small  islands  and  rocks  near  the  coasts  of  continents,  and  oi 
larger  islands,  the  ancient  poets,  doubtlessly,  derived  the  idea  of  times 
-when  gods  contended  in  mortal  strife,  and  mountains  were  the  wea- 
pons oi  warfare. 
4# 


£2 

when  it  again  commenced,  the  new  stratum  did 
not  adhere  to  the  preceding.  The  upper  strata  . 
in  general  are  thinner  than  the  lower,  or  they 
increase  in  thickness  as  we  descend.  The  last 
formed  strata  are  composed  of  coarser  parti- 
cles, and  have  more  sand  blended  with  them 
than  those  of  more  ancient  formation. 

As  we  descend  to  considerable  depth  into  a 
quarry,  we  find  the  marble  better,  and  in 
masses  much  thicker  than  towards  the  surface. 
On  the  Eastern  continent,  the  strata  of  se- 
condary rocks  are  not  only  finer,  but  exist  in 
much  thicker  layers  than  any  that  have  been 
discovered  in  the  new  world,  and  they  are  not 
covered  by  so  many  thin  strata  as  they  are  in 
America. 

The  solid  masses  of  marble  of  great  thick- 
ness, from  which  the  magnificent  monuments  of 
antiquity  were  fashioned,  were  formed  in  the 
bed  of  the  ocean  before  any  dry  land  was  caus- 
ed to  appear*     Then  the  waters  were  not  agi- 
tated to  interrupt  the  regular  process  of  nature. 
Then  there  were  no  debris,  and  sands  from 
mountains,  conveyed  to  the  ocean  and  deposi- 
ted in  the  strata.     Hence,  the  marble  formed 
previous  to  the  waters  being  gathered  toge- 
ther, is  finer,  and  exists  in  more  extensive  mas- 
ses.  But  when  from  the  land's  arising,  currents 
were  formed,  and  earthquakes  commenced,  pe- 


43 

trifaction  was  interrupted,  and  when  the  wa- 
ters from  any  cause  were  agitated  to  the  bot- 
tom, there  terminated  the  thickness  of  the  then 
forming  stratum.  When  a  calm  again  com- 
menced, then  commenced  a  new  stratum.  As 
more  lands  arose,  more  violent  were  the  tem- 
pests, more  forcible  the  currents,  more  fre- 
quent the  earthquakes,  more  sand  and  debris 
were  conveyed  to  the  oceans;  and  thinner  and 
of  coarser  materials  are  the  strata  which  were 
formed.* 

The  force  which  elevated  these  strata  was- so 
violent,  that  in  many  places,  especially  in  moun- 
tains, where  its  strength  was  most  exerted, 
they  were  broken,  and  it  is  not  uncommon  to 
find  them  in  a  perpendicular  direction  from 
what  they  were  formed,  and  even  in  an  invert- 
ed position.  On  opposite  sides  of  mountains 
the  strata  are  inclined  in  different  directions. 
On  the  west  of  ranges  of  mountains  the  lower 

*  In  none  of  the  quarries  which  have  been  opened  in  America,  have 
been  found  such  sound  and  solid  strata  of  marble,  as  have  been  taken 
from  the  quarries  of  Upper  Egypt;  but  we  have  no  reason  to  donbt, 
if  our  quarries  were  wrought  to  a  sufficient  depth,  but  that  as  fine 
stone  could  be  found,  as  adorn  the  temples  of  the  old  world.  Before 
we  can  arrive  to  marble  of  the  same  quality  as  theirs,  we  must  break 
through  or  remove  the  strata  which  were  formed  in  our  section  of  the 
world,  after  the  Eastern  continent  was  raised  from  the  deep,  before 
our  part  of  the  world  was  summoned  to  appear.  Many  quarries, which 
have  been  partially  explored,  may  contain  some  of  the  marble  which 
was  formed  previous  to  dry  land's  appearing;  but  such  are  in  situa- 
tions in  which  they  were  so  much  exposed  to  the  convulsions  which 
raised  them,  that  the  blocks  are  generally  in  a  broken  state. 


44 

edges  of  the  strata  dip  to  the  west,  while  on 
the  east  they  uniformly  dip  to  the  east,  which 
shows  that  the  force  which  caused  them  to  rise, 
broke  forth  in  the  summits  of  the  mountains. 

PROOF  III. 

The  various  Colours  of  Marble. 

The  various  colours  and  shades  of  marble 
coincide  with  our  views  of  this  subject.  The 
clouded  clearly  indicates  a  small  degree  of  mo- 
tion in  the  water,  while  the  matter  composing 
the  strata  existed  in  a  paste  like  substance,  not 
easily  broken,  but  capable  of  being  agitated  by 
a  small  motion  of  the  incumbent  fluid.  The 
white  marble  was  formed  in  situations  to  which 
none  but  similar  particles  were  conveyed. 
Those  quarries  from  which  marble  is  taken  va- 
riegated with  various  colours,  had  their  forma- 
tion in  situations  where  the  shells  of  various 
kinds  of  fishes,  in  different  degrees  of  decay 
were  collected.  The  entirely  black  marble 
received  its  existence  in  positions  similar  to  the 
white,  but  where  particles  in  a  different  state 
of  preservation,  or  degrees  of  decay,  were  col- 
lected  and  deposited.  Frequently  in  blocks  of 
marble,  which  are  generally  white,  are  found 
places  of  considerable  extent  of  a  different 
colour.     These  spots  are  composed  of  exuviw7 


45 

which  united  in  the  water  in  the  form  of  a  scum/ 
floated  or  were  driven  by  gentle  breezes  on  the 
surface,  till  mixing  with  other  particles,  they 
became  of  greater  density  than  the  waters  set- 
tled to  the  bottom  of  the  ocean,  rested  on  a 
stratum  of  marble  which  had  not  often  been 
visited  by  such  guests,  adhered  to  its  surface, 
were  soon  covered  by  succeeding  particles  of 
the  same  colour  as  the  rocks  on  which  they 
reposed,  and  there  rested  till  the  genius  and 
industry  of  man  have  brought  them  to  view.* 

PROOF  IV. 

Veins  of  primitive   Rocks  perforating  the 
strata  of  secondary  ones. 

In  almost  every  stratum  of  secondary  rocks 
in  our  country,  and  doubtless* in  every  part  of 
the  world,  are  to  be  found  veins  of  primitive 
rocks,  running  and  branching  like  veins  in  va- 
rious directions.  In  all  respects  they  resemble 
in  their  courses  and  windings  such  as  would  be 
formed  by  melted  metal  diffused  through  long 


*  The  marble  of  America  contains  more  such  spots  than  that  of  the 
eastern  continent.  Many  light  particles  washed  from  the  lands  in  the 
old  world,  collected  on  the  ocean,  were  carried  by  the  regular  tides 
from  the  shores,  and  driven  by  the  umarying  winds  wmch  then  pre- 
vailed, to  where  America  was  destined  to  appear;  there  th-  current 
subsiding,  they  settled,  and  remained  till  elevated  in  rocks  to  form  the 
basis  of  our  plains  and  mountains. 


46 

interstices.     Some  of  these  veins  are  of  vast 
extent  and  thickness. 

By  the  theory  we  have  embraced,  the  cause 
of  these  phenomena  is  easily  illustrated. 

When  the  fire  beneath  the  many  strata  of 
secondary  rocks  imbedded  at  the  bottom  of  the 
deep,  raged  to  such  a  degree  as  to  liquefy  the 
matter  near  the  incumbent  strata,  but  had  not 
acquired  force  to  raise  the  firm  foundations  of 
the  oceans,  innumerable  rents  were  made  in 
the  secondary  strata;  and  the  matter  which  had 
been  converted  to  a  fluid  in  the  vast  furnace  of 
nature  was  forced  upwards,  and  in  every  di- 
rection where  rents  or  interstices  had  been 
made.  These  veins  when  at  such  a  distance 
from  the  flaming  gulf  as  to  lose  their  heat,  con- 
solidated into  matter  more  dense  than  the  rocks 
through  which  they  had  flowed.  When  the 
fire  had  acquired  sufficient  force  to  elevate  its 
massive  covering,  all  was  raised  together,  and 
these  veins,  not  only  in  broken  and  cragged 
clifts,  but  in  the  smooth  and  polished  marble, 
and  even  in  the  stones  in  the  streets,  bear  tes- 
timony of  the  correctness  of  our  theory.* 

*  No  clearer  illustration  of  the  formation  of  variegated  marble 
and  interstices,  can  be  given,  than  is  to  be  seen  in  the  pillars  of  the 
Capitol  at  Washington.  The  stone  is  composed  almost  wholly  of 
pebbles  of  every  colour,  size,  and  shape,  except  square,  cemented 
by  matter  as  hard  as  themselves.    In  various  places,  veins    of  white 


47 


PROOF  V. 

The  Mines  of  Salt. 

The  mines  of  salt,  which  are  found  in  va- 
rious countries,  are  proofs  of  the  correctness  of 
our  theory. 

While  the  fire  was  raging  beneath  the  bed  of 
the  ocean,  and  had  not  acquired  strength  to 
spring  to  light,  as  openings  were  made  in  the 
barrier  which  divided  the  raging  element  be- 
neath from  the  briny  flood  above,  the  waters 

primitive   stone    run   through   the    pillars,    entirely   separating    the 
pebbles,  or  breaking  some  and  separating  others. 

The  formation  of  the  pillars  of  the  Capitol  leads  to  the  following 
conclusions. 

1.  Every  pebble  of  which  they  are  composed  being  rounded, 
renders  it  evident,  that  all  of  them  were  rolled  a  great  distance  by 
a  current,  before  they  rested  in  the  place  where  they  were  ce- 
mented. 

2.  They  must  have  been  cemented  into  a  solid  mass,  before  the,. 
interstices  of  primitive,  which  appear  in  them,  found  places  ther<^ 
for  if  they  had  not  been  firmly  united,  some  of  them  would  not 
have  been  broken  in  the  centre,  rather  than  separate  one  from 
another. 

3.  Great  force  must  have  been  employed  to  reud  in  various 
directions  a  solid  stratum,  so  dense  as  that  small  pebbles  would 
split  before  the  matter  uniting  them  would  give  way. 

4.  The  matter  which  filled  the  interstices  or  rents  that  were 
made  through  the  stratum,  must  have  been  in  a  liquid  state  when  it 
entered  and  filled  these  rents;  for  they  turn  in  so  many  direc- 
tions, and  wind  in  so  minute  channels  and  veins,  that  no  solid  matter 
could  have  been  diffused  so  far.     . 

From  these  conclusions  we  infer,  that  the  pebb -es  composing  the  mar- 
ble of  the  pillars  ot  the  Capitol  were  deposited  where  they  cemented, 
before  America  was  raised  from  the  ocea.i;  that  the  force  which  rais- 
ed .them,  broke  the  stratum  in  various  directions,  and  that  the  matter 


,  48 

flowed  into  the  burning  caverns,  the  aqueous 
particles  were  dissipated  in  vapours,  and  the 
saline  only  remained  to  close  the  fissures,  and 
bar  the  flames  from  light. 

When  the  bottom  of  the  deep  arose,  the 
masses  of  salt  which  had  been  formed  and  con- 
fined, as  has  been  stated,  were  elevated  with 
the  strata,  and  many  of  which  have  been  ex- 
plored for  the  benefit  of  man. 

'which  was  liquefied  by  heat  beneath,  was  forced  into  the  iuterstices,  and 
appears  in  the  white  veins  which  so  beautifully  variegate  the  whole  mass. 

When  the  first  lands  which  we  have  supposed  to  be  the  eastern 
continent  arose,  innumerable  fragments  of  rocks  must  have  covered 
the  surface.  These,  like  other  materials,  were  by  tempests  and 
streams  rolled  to  the  ocean.  The  currents  of  the  ocean  as  has  been 
stated,  and  will  be  explained,  moved  to  the  east  and  west  from  the 
land.  The  bottom  of  the  ocean  when  it  remained  unbroken,  was  a 
^olid  rock.  These  stones  by  a  regular  current  would  be  rolled  to  a 
great  distance;  and  were  the  bounds  of  the  eastern  continent  no  more 
extensive  tha»  they  now  are,  it  is  not  inconsistent  to  suppose,  that  the 
pebbles  which  form  the  firm  and  elegant  pillars  of  the  Capito!  of  FheB 
America,  were  driven  by  the  laws  of  nature  from  realms  ong 
shrouded  in  the  gloomy  clouds  of  despotism. 

The  pillars  forming  the  Giant  Cause-way,  in  Ireland,  which  have 
excited  so  much  attention,  were  formed  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
veins  of  primitive  rocks  in  those  of  the  secondary  class,  with  this 
exception.  The  veins  in  rocks  were  formed  by  liquid  matter  being 
pressed  between  solids;  but  when  the  fire  beneath  the  bed  of  the 
ocean,  before  it  raised  its  incumbent  load,  made  rents  through 
the  strata,  and  masses  of  liquid  matter  from  beneath  were  propell- 
ed into  the  ocran  above,  they  suddenly  cooling,  formed  those  re- 
gular columns  which  have  so  much  astonished  the  world.  Matter 
in  a  solid  state  does  not  occupy  so  large  a  space  as  when  in  a  fluid. 
When  the  matter  composing  the  pillars  of  the  Giant  Cause- way  was 
cooled  in  the  water,  it  must  have  contracted,  and  this  contraction  pro- 
duced the  numerous  interstices  which  formed  into  regular  pillars  the  „ 
vast  torrent  which  was  propelled  from  the  raging  furnace  of  nature. 


49 

Springs  and  rills  filtrating  through  these 
veins  break  out  into  the  vales  impregnated  with 
the  useful  mineral.* 

PROOF  VI. 
The  Caverns  in  the  Earth. 

The  many  and  vast  cavities  in  the  earth  are 
ready  witnesses  in  our  favour. 

When  the.  mountains  arose,  vast  spaces  were 
formed  between  the  fragments  of  the  strata* 

*  On  reflection  it  will  not  appear  inconsistent  to  suppose  that  in 
some  places  where  rents  were  made  in  the  bottom  of  the  ocean,  the 
waters  would  flow  into  them,  while  in  others  the  liquid  matter  from 
beneath  would  he  propelled  into  the  ocean.  If  a  direct  rent  was 
made  from  the  fire  beneath  to  the  water  above,  extending  as  low,  as 
to  the  liquefied  matter,  the  raging  ocean  beneath  would  be  urged  to  rise 
with  such  a  violence,  that  the  one  above  oould  not  descend,  as  was  the 
case  in  the  Giant  Cause-way,  and  in  several  other  places  where  similar 
pillars  have  been  found. 

But  if  a  rent  or  fissure  was  made  in  an  irregular  direction  from 
the  flaming  mass  beneath  to  the  waters  of  the  ocean,  the  fluid  below 
would  not  press  upwards  with  such  force  as  to  prevent  the  waters  from 
descending.  Into  such  interstices  the  waters  rushed  to  form  the  salt 
mines  which  are  found  in  almost  every  section  of  the  globe. 

If  such  rents  were  made,  and  the  waters  flowed  in,  the  force  of 
the  heat  would  be  diminished;  that  when  the  fire  had  acquired 
strength  to  burst  to  light,  and  raise  all  above  it,  in  such  places  less 
power  would  be  exerted,  and  to  a  less  height  would  the  lands  be 
raised. 

No  salt  mines  have  ever  been  discovered  on  elevated  grounds,  but 
uniformly  in  depressions  of  the  original  strata.  In  many  places  allu- 
vial formations  may  rise  into  eminences  on  these  mines,  but  they  have 
never  been  discovered  but  in  depressions  of  that  part  of  the  earth 
which  was  first  raised. 

We  believe  that  there  is  one  extensive  range  of  salt  running  through 

5 


50 

Such  as  are  above  the  level  of  the  ocean,  or 
have  no  communication  with  it,  still  remain 
vacant  unless  filled  with  alluvion.* 

PROOF  VII. 
Of  Lands  which  have  sunk. 

Islands  and  parts  of  continents  which  have 
sunk  in  various  periods  of  the  world,  clearly 
prove  that  there  are  immense  caverns  beneath 
the  continents  and  islands. 

When  the  dry  land  appeared,  mountains, 
islands,  &c.  were  supported  by  the  arches 
formed  by  broken  strata,  resting  on  the  sides 
of  the  abyss  from  whence  they  arose.  If  these 
arches  are  not  sufficiently  firm  to  resist  the 
hand  of  time,  or  the  shocks  of  earthquakes, 
their  incumbent  burdens  press  them  to  the 
dreary  caverns  from  whence  they  emerge. 

It  is  not  uncommon  for  large  extents  of  high 
country  to  sink  during  an  earthquake,  and 
many  cities  in  such  convulsions  have  sunh  to  be 

the  United  States,  from  north-east  to  south-west,  commencing  near 
Lake  Ontario,  and  that  there  are  many  collateral  brandies  extending 
from  this. 

*  In  every  country  which  has  been  explored,  many  caves  have  heen 
discovered,  some  extending  several  miles  in  various  directions,  all 
manifesting  that  they  were  formed  by  vast  convulsions  of  nature. 
That  there  are  many  which  are  below  the  surface  of  the  ocean  and 
filled  with  water,  we  will  attempt  to  show,  when  we  treat  of  the  tides. 


31 

seen  no  more,*  These  catastrophes  could  not 
have  taken  place  were  there  not  vast  cavities 
below  the  surface  of  the  earth.  During  an 
earthquake,  large  caverns  have  opened  from 
which  waters  have  rushed  in  torrents,  which 
proves  that  many  of  these  caverns  are  filled  by 
the  ocean. 

PROOF  VIII. 

The  many  Islands  which  have  arisen  from 
the  ocean. 

Since  events  have  been  recorded,  many 
islands  have  been  known  to  arise  from  the  seas 
and  oceans.  These  have  been  raised  by  fire,, 
which  after  continuing  to  rage,  and  emit 
smoke  and  vapour  for  various  periods,  has 
been  extinguished.  Some  of  these  islands  have 
disappeared,  others  remain  apparently  firm 
to  the  present  time. 

If  islands  have  been  raised  in  this  manner 
why  should  it  appear  incredible,  that  greater 

*  No  low  lands,  nor  cities  which  are  situated  on  plains  of  small  ele- 
vation, have  ever  been  swallowed  up  by  an  earthquake.  Low  plains, 
as  has  been  observed,  rest  not  on  arches,  or  broken  fragments  of  rocks, 
but  on  the  foundation  which  was  formed  in  the  bed  of  the  ocean,  and 
has  been  left  dry  by  the  subsidence  of  the  waters;  and  then  enriched 
by  alluvial  deposits  from  the  mountains. 

Some  pretend  that  the  density  of  the  earth  is  constantly  in  creasing 
as  we  descend  from  its  surface.  Of  such  theorists  we  would  inquire 
where  cities,  plains,  and  mountains,  have  retired  to,  when  during  an 
earthquake  they  have  sunk  from  our  view? 


52 

fire  at  greater  depths  should  have  existed,  and 
acquiring  greater  force  should  raise  masses 
equal  to  the  most  extensive  mountains,  and  even 
continents?  Mountains  have  been  elevated 
from  plains,  and  have  withstood,  for  centuries, 
the  ravages  of  time  and  the  convulsions  of  na- 
ture, and  why  may  not  continents  be  raised  and 
supported  in  the  same  manner? 

When  the  continents  were  projected  from 
the  deep,  and  the  force  of  the  heat  had  subsi- 
ded, those  parts  which  were  not  firmly  sup- 
ported, sunk  again  to  the  caverns  from  whence 
they  were  raised.  The  only  traces  which  now 
remain  of  them  are  seas  and  gulfs,  and  the 
islands  whose  surfaces  are  but  just  above  the 
waters.  If  they  had  been  firmly  supported 
they  would  have  intercepted  the  course  of  the 
clouds.* 

*  We  are  convinced  that  the  West  India  islands  were  parts  of  the 
range  of  mountains  which  united  the  Andes  to  the  Alleghany  moun- 
tains. 

When  the  fire  which  raised  our  continent  subsided  ,  that  portion  of 
the  range  of  mountains  which  extended  on  the  east  of  the  Carribbean 
sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  reached  as  far  to  the  north,  as  where 
now  the  Alleghany  mountains  terminate  in  the  state  of  Mississippi, 
had  not  so  firm  a  foundation  as  it  had  to  the  south  and  north,  and  sunk 
in  a  great  degree  into  the  abyss  from  which  it  was  projected.  When 
the  agitation  of  the  waters  ceased,  and  the  ocean  subsided,  many  parts 
of  the  range  remained  above  the  surface  of  the  seas,  and  now  appear 
in  the  group  ot  islands  between  North  and  South  America.  The  basis 
of  East  Florida  is  a  part  of  the  fallen  mountain.  The  summits  of  this 
range  are  now  covered  with  an  alluvion,  which  will  be  hereafter  ex* 
plained,  and  which  gives  great  fertility  to  the  lands* 


53 

PROOF  IX. 
Of  Earthquakes. 

Earthquakes  speak  loudly  in  favour  of  our 
theory.  The  air  which  fills  the  vast  cavities, 
formed  by  broken  rocks,  above  the  surface  of 
the  waters,  becomes  so  rarefied  that  it  must 
have  vent.  As  it  expands,  and  striving  for 
liberty,  causes  islands,  mountains,  and  even 
continents,  to  tremble  to  their  centre,  and  when 
it  bursts  its  bounds,  ^desolation  marks  its  pro- 
gress," and  whole  cities  and  provinces  are 
swallowed  in  the  yawning  gulfs  which  it  opens 
in  its  progress.  Promontories,  capes,  and 
islands,  which  are  pendent  over  the  abyss  from 
which  they  were  raised,  and  are  supported  only 
by  being  united  with  strata  resting  on  a  firm 
foundation,  are  by  the  shocks  of  nature  sever- 
ed from  the  parts  which  have  for  ages  upheld 
them,  and  they  sink  to  appear  no  more.* 

*  Pliny  describes  an  earthquake  which  swallowed  up  thirteen  cities 
in  Asia  Minor,  in  one  night.  The  many  accounts  which  we  have  of 
earthquakes,  both  in  ancient  and  modern  times,  clearly  evince  that 
there  are  vast  cavities  in  the  earth  in  innumerable  places,  even  under 
the  foundations  of  the  ocean.  Some  most  eligible  sites  for  cities  have 
been  entirely  abandoned,  on  account  of  their  being  so  subject  to  earth- 
quakes. These  were  situated  near  some  cavities  which  were  formed 
when  the  lands  appeared.  Earthquakes  are  not  so  frequent  nor  vio- 
lent as  in  ancient  days.    By  the  depression  of  lands,  cavities  have  been 


54 

PROOF  X. 

Volcanoes. 

Volcanoes  prove  the  irresistible  force  of  fire 
when  Jong  confined  in  caverns,  and  that  there 
is  combustion  in  the  solid  parts  of  our  globe,  to 
feed  and  support  this  devouring  element.  Vol- 
canoes, or  such  as  exist  at  the  present  time> 
have  their  origin  near  the  surface  of  the  earth, 
compared  to  those  which  caused  the  continents 
to  rise.  The  present  exist  but  in  the  mass 
which  was  raised  by  former  ones,  or  in  the 
combustion  which  was  collected  and  buried 
during  the  general  deluge.* 

lessened;  and  by  the  rarefaction  of  the  air  in  these  caverns  much  has 
been  expelled  which  produced  former  convulsions,  that  now  subterra- 
nean pressure  is  not  so  great. 

*  It  ma)*  not  be  improper  to  notice  here  the  objections  which  have 
been  made  to  the  theory  of  primitive  rocks  being  volcanic  productions. 
The  principal  ground  of  objection  is,  -'Primitive  rocks  have  no  resem« 
blance  to  Ia\a  which  is  wholly  volcanic."  Neither  have  brick,  earthern, 
or  glass,  a  resemblance  of  lava,  yet  it  cannot  be  denied,  but  their  pre- 
sent solid  state  is  produced  by  heat.  In  decomposing  particles  of 
matter  by  heat,  and  suffering  them  to  consolidate,  much  depends  as  to. 
their  appearance  on  the  situation  of  the  matter  when  fusion  com- 
mences, and  on  the  manner  of  its  cooling. 

Lava  is  thrown  in  a  state  of  fluidity  into  the  atmosphere  or  water, 
and  by  the  sudden  transition  from  heat  to  cold,  is  left  light  and  porous. 
I3ut  the  primitive  rocks  consolidated  in  a  very  different  state.  They 
were  mostly  covered  by  strata  of  secondary  rocks  which  secured  them 
in  a  great  degree  from  the  influence  of  water  and  air.  They  must 
have  been  a  long  time  in  becoming  cool.  They  existed  in  such  masses 
that  merely  by  pressure,  when  in  a  fluid  state,  they  would  be  render- 
ed compact.  The  lava  by  being  exposed  to  the  air,  when  in  fusion, 
throws  off  many  particles  which  are  retained  by  the  primitive  rocks* 


55 


PROOF  XL 

Of  Mountains. 

The  situation  of  mountains  clearly  indicate^ 
that  they  were  formed  in  the  manner  we  have 
described.  They  generally  exist  in  ranges  of 
vast  extent,  with  others,  of  less  magnitude,  ex- 
tending from  them  in  various  angles.  The 
branches  of  the  principal  ranges  diminish  in 
height  as  they  extend  from  the  main  ridge. — 
This,  we  readily  perceive,  would  be  their  sit- 
uation, if  they  were  elevated  by  fire  from  be- 
neath. Where  the  principal  rent  was  made, 
the  force  of  the  fire  would  concentrate,  and 

The  surface  of  those  primitive  rocks,  which  appear  on  the  summits  of 
mountains,  and  were  exposed  to  the  influence  of  the  atmosphere,  may 
have  heen  porous  like  lava;  but  the  constant  operations  of  frosts  and 
tempests,  for  revolving  centuries  would  have  smoothed  the  rougher 
parts,  and  even  loosened  and  washed  away  many  particles  from  the 
solid  mass. 

The  various  densities  and  colours  of  primitive  rocks  were  occasioned 
by  the  position  of  the  matter  composing  them,  relative  to  the  heat 
which  reduced  it  to  solids.  Some  rocks  were  so  remote  from  the  fur- 
nace that  the  sands  and  flinty  particles  were  not  liquefied,  but  became  so. 
infused  with- the  ascending  vapours,  that  they  adhered  in  solid  masses. 
While  others  were  heated  to  such  a  degree  that  all  the  particles  were 
reduced  to  the  same  compact  substance.  We  will  venture  to  hazard 
the  conjecture,  that  the  subterranean  walls  which  have  been  discover- 
ed  in  the  state  of  Georgia,  and  which  have  excited  great  wonder,  and 
speculation  among  the  curious,  were  formed  by  the  liquid  matter  which 
flowed  from  the  masses  of  primitive  rocks,  before  they  had  time  to 
cool  and  become  solid.  That  the  stones  composing  these  walls  are 
Basaltic  many  are  ready  to  admit.  They  are  of  the  same  materials 
as  the  pillars  in  the  Giant's  Cause-way,  and  many  others  in  va*. 
rious  parts  of  Europe.    Those  of  Europe  were  formed  by  the  liquefied 


56 

elevate  the  edges  of  the  crater  to  the  greatest 
height.  Lateral  branches  would  project  from 
this  in  different  directions. 

In  some  general  ranges,  are  found  depres- 
sions, plains,  or  vallies,  of  great  extent.  In 
such  places,  the  rocks  and  fragments  beneath 
did  not  afford  sufficient  foundation  to  support 
such  a  cumbrous  burden;  and  part  of  the 
range  settled  in  the  abyss  from  whence  it  came 
to  light.  Such  depressions  were  at  first  cov- 
ered with  waters,  forming  bays  or  lakes,  which 
in  process  of  ages  were  filled  with  debris  from 
the  mountains,  or  by  alluvion,  brought  to  them 
by  torrents  and  subsequent  floods.  In  almost 
every  country  are  some  mountains,  which  rise 
in  forms  of  pyramids  unconnected  with  any 
range.  Some  of  these  have  arisen  in  the  man- 
ner of  one  in  Mexico  in  the  last  century,  and 
have  assumed  their  present  regular  forms,  by 
storms  washing  the  debris  from  their  summits 
and  sides,  and  leaving  deposits  near  their  base. 

matter  being  raised  perpendicularly,  and  contracting  as  it  suddenly 
cooled,  left  interstices  between  the  columns.  But  the  flaming  mass 
which  flowed  from  the  mountains,  aud  formed  the  mysterious  walls^ 
flowed  in  a  horizontal  direction;  and  instead  of  bursting  from  the 
flaming  abyss  into  the  water,  forced  its  way  through  the  .alluvial  de- 
posits. As  the  particles  contracted  in  cooling,  eh i neks  and  interstices 
were  formed,  similar  to  those  in  the  cause  wa>s  in  Europe,  except 
running  in  horizontal  directions.  These  interstices  in  a  succession  of 
ages  have  been  filled  by  various  mineral  deposits,  brought  b\  streams 
from  the  alluvion,  that  have  corroded  in  a  degree  the  surface  of  the 
stones,  and  given  them  the  appearance  of  cement. 


57 

Others  have  assumed  their  present  form  by  the 
sinking  of  the  lands  around  them,  while  they 
alone  rested  on  foundations  which  could  not  be 
shaken.  But  many  of  the  solitary  cliffs,  and 
even  some  distinguished  by  the  appellations  of 
mountains,  are  but  fragments  of  general  ran- 
ges, projected  to  their  present  station  by  that 
vast  explosion,  which  must  have  convulsed  the 
earth  to  its  centre. 

PROOF  XII. 

Of  the  masses  of  Shells  deposited  on  the  sides 
of  Mountains. 

We  introduce  the  masses  of  shells,  which 
have  been  discovered  on  the  sides  of  moun- 
tains in  almost  every  country,  as  proofs  in 
favour  of  our  theory. 

That  the  deposits  of  shells  on  our  plains, 
and  on  many  of  the  mountains,  were  made  by 
currents  and  floods,  we  will  attempt  to  show  in 
treating  of  alluvial  deposits;  but  many  that  are 
situated  high  on  our  mountains,  must  be  ac- 
counted for  in  a  different  manner. 

They  were  reposing  on  the  bottom  of  the 
ocean,  not  having  experienced  a  sufficient  de- 
gree.of  decay  to  cement  into  rocks,  when  the 
firm  foundations  of  the  deep  were  broken  up, 
and  were  raised    from  their  native  element, 


58 

with  the  bed  on  which  they  reposed,  and  re- 
main as  lasting  monuments  of  the  dreadful  con- 
vulsions which  our  planet  has  experienced.* 

PROOF  XIII. 
Of  the  Ocean  receding  from  the  Lands. 

It  is  evident,  that  at  some  remote  period  of 
the  world,  the  ocean  has  receded  from  the  land, 
leaving  dry  great  extents  of  country,  over 
which  for  ages  the  waves  unmolested  rolled. 
Of  such  are  the  extensive  table  lands  in  Sibe- 
ria, in  the  south  west  part  of  the  United  States, 
and  in  various  other  parts  of  the  world. 

That  there  have  been  as  many  as  three  such 
declensions  of  the  ocean,  appears  from  the 
number  of  these  horizontal  plains,  rising  one 
above  another  as  we  depart  from  the  ocean. 
The  ascent  from  one  to  another  is  abrupt, 
which  shows  that  the  subsidence  of  the  waters 
was  sudden.  Marks  of  the  waves  on  rocks 
far  above  the  rise  of  the  ocean  at  the  present 
time,  as  clearly  indicate  the  retiring  of   the 

*  From  the  perfect  state  of  many  of  these  shells,  we  cannot  doubt 
but  they  were  enjoying:  life  at  the  time  when  they  were  transported  to 
the  places  they  now  occupy.  It  is  probable  they  were  not  in  such  vast 
heaps  in  the  bottom  of  the  ocean  as  they  now  are.  But  tliose  which 
were  elevated  nearer  the  summits  of  the  mountains,were  washed  down 
by  the  retiring  waves  or  subsequent  tempests,  to  the  places  in  which 
they  now  are  found » 


i 


59 

waters.  Since  records  have  been  kept,  we 
have  no  proofs  of  the  waters  receding  from 
their  former  bounds. 

In  harbours,  the  waters  have  maintained 
their  height  for  many  centuries.  As  they  have 
not  diminished  for  more  than  twenty  centuries, 
we  must  conclude  that  the  cause  of  their  dimi- 
nution has  ceased  to  operate. 

When  lands  were  raised,  as  has  been  stated^ 
the  waters  flowed  in  to  fill  the  cavities  from 
whence  they  were  raised;  hence  a  depression 
in  the  ocean  would  be  equal  to  the  quantity  of 
matter   raised  from    beneath,    and    remained 
above  the  surface  of  the  waters.     When   the 
lands  arose,  the  waters  would   be  propelled  to 
and  cover  the  adjacent  shores,  and  when  the 
repelling  cause  no  longer  existed,  the  waters 
would  retire  from  the  lands  on  which  they  had 
been    driven,  and  leave   exposed   to    the  air 
much  that  had  been  enclosed  in  their  bosom. 

If  we  estimate  the  matter  in  America,  which 
is  above  the  level*of  the  ocean,  at  five  millions  of 
cubic  miles,  and  the  whole  surface  of  the  ocean 
at  one  hundred  and  sixty  millions  of  square 
miles,  when  our  continent  was  raised,  five  mil- 
lions of  cubic  miles  of  water  were  received  into 
the  cavities  which  were  left  vacant  by  the  as- 
cension of  America.  By  this  supposition,  the 
waters  in  the  ocean  would  subside  one  hundred 


60 

and  sixty-five  perpendicular  feet,  leaving  lands 
dry  on  the  eastern  continent  which  had  pre- 
viously been  covered  to  that  depth.  But  the 
whole  of  America  was  not  elevated  at  the  same 
time,  therefore  so  great  a  subsidence  in  the  wa- 
ters has  not  taken  place  at  any  one  time.  But 
when  lands  have  been  projected  from  the 
deep,  when  the  agitation  has  subsided,  the 
waters  have  receded  from  the  shores,  which 
accounts  for  the  diminution  of  the  waters  at 
various  periods.  Whenever  a  large  extent  of 
land  has  been  raised,  the  ocean  has  declined 
in  proportion  to  the  matter  elevated,  and  when 
islands  or  parts  of  continents  have  sunk,  the 
ocean  has  been  raised  in  the  same  proportion. 

PROOF  XIV. 
Alluvial  Formations. 

The  alluvial  formations,  and  the  various 
species  of  relics  which  they  contain,  afford 
abundant  proofs,  that  the  resolutions  and  ca- 
tastrophes which  our  world  has  experienced, 
wtre  the  effects  of  the  causes  we  have  de- 
scribed. 

From  facts  recorded  by  many  able  and  in- 
genious writers,  we  cannot  doubt  but  the  con- 
tinents have  several  times  been  partially,  and 
once   totally  covered  by  waters,  and  that  the 


61 

currents    which   covered   them  were   violent, 
and  flowed  in  different  directions. 

The  alluvial  deposits  on  the  eastern  conti- 
nent, clearly  show  that  the  waters  which 
drowned  the  old  world,  flowed  from  the  south- 
west to  the  north-east;  and  Dr.  H.  H.  Hayden, 
in  his  excellent  geological  publication  has  as 
clearly  shown,  that  tire  currents  which  formed 
most  of  our  alluvial  soils,  flowed  from  the  north- 
east to  the  south-west 

That  the  waters  which  drowned  the  world, 
should  flow  in  opposite  directions,  may  appear 
inconsistent  at  the  first  view  of  the  subject, 
but  on  an  impartial  examination,  there  will  be 
no  room  for  doubt. 

We  will  first  attempt  to  explain  more  fully 
the  cause  of  the  universal  deluge,  show  the 
courses  which  the  waters  would  naturally  flow 
from  such  a  cause,  and  the  effects  which  they 
would  have  on  the  surface  of  the  earth;  then 
we  will  endeavour  to  explain  the  causes  of  the 
subsequent  floods,  which  partially  inundated 
the  world. 

The  universal  deluge,  as  has  been  stated, 
was  caused  by  the  rising  of  America  from  the 
ocean. 

At  this  important  crisis,  when  the  founda- 
tions of  the  ocean  were  raised,  and  when,  as 
the  inspired  historian  has  most  elegantly  ex- 
6 


62 

pressed  it,  The  fountains  of  the  great  deep 
were  broken  up,  the  waters  must  have  retired 
in  great  agitation  to  the  east  and  west,  from 
the  sides  of  the  rising  continent. 

The  length  of  America  being  nearly  from 
north  to  south,  from  the  eastern  side,  the  wa- 
ters would  be  rolled  to  Europe  and  Africa,  and 
from  the  western  side,  they  would  be  driven  to 
Asia.  South  America  extending  farther  to 
the  east  than  North  America,  would  gve  the 
current  which  was  to  overspread  the  eastern 
continent,  a  direction  to  the  north  of  east. — 
This  current  bore  with  violence  the  shells  and 
fishes  of  the  ocean,  to  the  plains  and  moun- 
tains of  Europe,  and  the  vegetables  of  Europe 
and  Africa,  to  the  eastern  parts  of  Asia.  There 
the  current  was  met  by  that  which  flowed  to 
the  west  from  the  western  coast  of  America. — 
There  each  current  was  stopped  in  its  destruc- 
tive career  by  opposing  each  other;  and  there 
immense  deposits  were  made,  as  will  be  here- 
after explained. 

When  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep  were 
broken  up,  and  the  oce:  n  above  rushed  in  con- 
tact with  ihe  flaming  ocean  beneath,  the  eva- 
poration must  have  been  immense. 

The  winds,  before  this,  as  we  shall  show, 
moved  unmolested  from  east  to  west,  round 
the  globe.     Then  on  a  sudden  they  were  eb- 


63 

Structed  by  the  towering  burning  mountains. 
They  rolled  back,  as  if  astonished  at  the  new 
phenomenon,  ladened  with  the  vapours  of  a 
boiling  ocean.  Violent  must  have  been  the 
conflict  between  the  hot  subterranean  and  the 
cool  ethereal  particles.  The  clouds,  in  their 
sublime  evolutions,  moved  in  the  direction  of 
the  waters,  to  the  east  and  west  from  Ame- 
rica. 

They  met  in  awful  array  over  the  old 
world.  There  they  discharged  their  burdens. 
There  the  vapours  condensed;  and  no  language 
could  be  more  expressive  of  the  dreadful  tor- 
rents that  then  descended,  than  that  which 
was  dictated  from  above,  and  which  declares, 
that  the  windows  of  heaven  were  opened. 
Forty  days  were  these  vapours  descending.— 
And  the  waters  prevailed  exceedingly  upon 
the  earth,  and  all  the  high  hills  that  were 
under  the  whole  heavens  were  covered.  And 
the  rain  ceased.  But  an  hundred  and  fifty 
times  did  the  earth  revolve  in  her  cumbrous 
mantle,  before  the  waters  retired  to  the  ca- 
verns from  whence  our  continent  arose. 

•And  God  made  a  wind  to  pass  over  the 
earth,  and  the  waters  assuaged. 

Here  the  Almighty  made  use  of  natural 
means  to  assuage  the  waters,  and  the  means 
are  perfectly  consistent  to  reason,  and  agree 


^64 

with  the  positions  we  have  taken.  The  winds 
blew  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  courses  in 
which  the  waves  and  clouds  had  moved,  when 
sent  with  overwhelming  ruin  to  that  guilty 
land.  While  the  waves  and  clouds  were  exe- 
cuting their  commission,  the  atmosphere  there 
became  cold,  damp  and  dense.  While  here, 
the  air  was  in  a  great  degree  rarefied  by  heat 
from  the  flaming  abyss  within,  and  from  the 
burning  mountains  without.  It  is  as  natural 
for  the  colder  atmosphere  to  flow  to  warmer 
regions,,  as  for  water  ta  descend  an  inclined 
plane.  The  current  of  air  towards  this  conti- 
nent hastened  the  return  of  the  waters. 

Let  us  pause  for  a  moment,  and  reflect  on 
the  situation  of  this  new  born  continent,  and 
the  state  of  the  waters,  when  they  returned 
from  completing  the  works  of  divine  justice  ou 
a  guilty  world.  There  they  were  accumula- 
ted upwards  of  four  miles  in  height,  to  cover 
the  highest  mountains  in  Asia.  Here  were  ca- 
vities of  equal  extent  with  our  continent,  and 
of  a  depth,  equal  to  the  height  of  our  moun- 
tains, burning,  and  literally  thirsting  for  the 
returning  waves.  The  waters  rolled  back  as 
in  triumph,  accelerated  by  the  pressing  winds, 
and  loaded  with  the  spoils  of  a  conquered 
world.  The  huge  frame  of  the  elephant,  the 
mammoth,  and  the  numerous  species  of  animals 


65 

which  had  revelled  on  the  plains  of  the  east- 
ern hemisphere,  borne  on  the  same  surges  with 
wretched  fallen  man,  for  whose  sake  all  nature 
mourned,  together  with  the  carcases  of  the 
monsters  of  the  deep,  were  brought  as  trophies 
of  victory  to  fertilize  our  shores.  The  vege- 
tables and  seeds  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa, 
were  brought  to  adorn  our  youthful  world. — 
When  the  conquering  and  conquered  hosts  re- 
turned, imagination  fails  in  attempting  to  form 
a  picture  of  the  skeleton  of  this  now  blooming 
land. 

From  the  southern  extremity  of  South  Ame- 
rica, as  far  to  the  north  as  the  Alleghany  and 
Stony  mountains  extend,  were  naked  burning 
rocks,  in  some  places  towering  above  the 
clouds,  resting  on  fragments  of  broken  rocks 
pendent  over  caverns  deeper  than  mortal  eye 
could  fathom.  In  some  places,  the  foundations 
of  mountains  sinking  beneath  cumbrous  loads, 
which  plunge  to  lasting  oblivion  in  the  gloomy 
abyss  which  is  open  to  receive  them.  Thus 
sunk  the  extensive  range,  whose  highest  sum- 
mits now  are  seen  in.  the  clusters  of  islands, 
between  the  Americas.  The  waves  returning 
in  mountainous  heights,  were  borne  far  over 
the  lands,  and  dashed  against  the  sides  of  the 
lofty  mountains.  The  steam  issuing  from  the 
caverns,  and  the  rocks  supporting  the  conti- 
6* 


66 

nent,  prevented  the  waters  from  sinking  sud- 
denly into  the  veins  and  cavities  of  the  earth; 
but  in  surge  after  surge  they  rolled  over  our 
plains.     The   fleshy  parts    of   the    numerous 
species  of  animals  which  were  brought  from 
the  old  world,  were  dissolved,  or  torn  from 
the   solids   which  were   scattered    along    our 
shores,  and  even  over  onr  highest  plains*   The 
muscular  parts  of  the  larger  species,  as  the 
mammoth,  whale,  &c.  longer  bound  the  bones 
together,  that  in  some  places  the  bones  of  such 
animals    have    been   found    nearly  entire.™ 
The  smaller  species,  and  even  some  of  those 
whose  magnitude  almost  exceeds  the  bounds  of 
human  conception,  were  broken  against  the 
naked  cliffs,  and,  in  detached  pieces,  were  de- 
posited  iii    innumerable   places    in    the  new 
world.     Hence  we  have  the  cause  of  the  in- 
dividual bones  of  the  ekphant,  and  of  the  nu- 
merous species  which  inhabited  the  old  world, 
mingled  with   those   of    the  monsters  of  the 
deep,  being  found  along  our  shores,  and  bu- 
ried beneath  our  alluvion,  many  hundred  miles 
from  the  present  bounds  of  the  ocean. 


67 


PROOF  XV, 

Of  the  Alluvial  Deposits  made  by  the  General 
Deluge. 

There  is  no  criterion  by  which  we  can  bet- 
ter judge  of  the  direction  in  which  the  currents 
flowed,  than  by  the  alluvial  deposits  which 
they  made.  In  tracing  the  courses  of  the  cur- 
rents, by  which  the  alluvial  formations  were 
made,  it  is  necessary,  first,  to  observe  in  what 
situations  deposits  would  be  made  by  violent 
currents* 

1st.  If  a  current  flows  directly  against  a 
mountain,  and  is  not  of  sufficient  height  to  pass 
the  summit,  the  alluvion  will  be  placed  at  the 
base  of  the  mountain  on  the  side  opposed  to 
the  current. 

2d.  If  the  current  is  of  sufficient  depth  to 
pass  over  the  hill  or  mountain,  the  alluvion 
will  be  deposited  at  the  base  and  on  the  sides 
of  the  hills  or  mountains,  opposite  to  those 
which  were  presented  to  the  current. 

3d.  If  a  current  flows  obliquely  against  a 
mountain,  and  passes  by,  and  the  land  is  over- 
flowed on  the  opposite  side,  there  will  be  a 
calm,  and  the  alluvion  will  be  deposited  there. 

4th.  If  two  currents  meet  from  opposite  di- 
rections, of  equal  force,  the  deposits  will  be 
made  at  and  near  the  point  of  contact* 


68 

5th*  If  two  currents  meet  in  oblique  direc- 
tions, the  alluvion  will  be  deposited  in  an  an- 
gular point,  half  way  between  the  two  cur- 
rents, had  they  passed  uninterrupted. 

With  these  propositions,  which  are  easily 
demonstrated  by  the  laws  of  motion,  the  va- 
rious alluvial  deposits  can  be  accounted  for,  if 
the  currents  flowed  in  the  directions  we  have 
stated. 

1st.  The  currents  that  overflowed  Europe 
and  Africa,  came  from  the  south-west,  as  has 
been  stated,  and  was  of  sufficient  depth 
to  overtop  the  mountains..  Hence,  the 
western  coasts  of  those  quarters  of  the  world, 
were  stripped  of  their  coverings,  left  naked 
and  bold,  while  the  alluvia  were  deposited  on 
the  east  and  north  east  of  the  mountains. — 
This  is  the  state  of  these  countries.  The  cur- 
rent moved  with  such  force  and  velocity,  that 
rocks  were  torn  from  the  mountains,  and  left 
in  countries  remote  from  their  native  strata. 
Hence,  the  rocks  from  the  Alps  and  other 
mountains  are  found  embedded  in  the  alluvia 
many  hundred  miles  distant.  The  current 
had  force  to  burst  through  the  solid  earth,  and 
excavate  vast  seap  and  gulphs.  Hence,  Eng- 
land was  severed  from  France,  and  Ireland 
from  Scotland  and  England,  as  the  rocks  and 
clefts   on    either  side    bear    incontrovertible 


69 

testimony  that  they  were  once  united.  When 
the  current  rushed  over  the  Norwegian  Alps, 
it  excavated  the  bed  of  the  Baltic  sea;  when  it 
passed  the  Alpines,  it  formed  the  gulf  of  Ve- 
nice; from  the  high  lands  in  England  and  Scot- 
land it  rushed,  and  bare  away  the  soil  which 
filled  the  space  now  occupied  by  the  North  sea; 
from  the  summits  of  the  Carpathian  moun- 
tains it  rolled,  and  formed  the  basins  for  the 
Black  and  Azof  seas;  from  the  Lybian  moun- 
tains, the  channel  of  the  Red  oca  was  formed. 
In  rushing  from  the  summits  of  Taurus  and 
Caucasus,  the  Caspian  sea  was  formed.  From 
the  mountains  of  the  moon  it  flowed  to  exca- 
vate the  sea  of  Arabia.  It  rolled  over  the 
Gaut  mountains,  and  made  the  bed  for  the  sea 
of  Bengal.  Many  tracts  of  land,  now  islands, 
were  torn  from  the  main  land  by  the  same  ir- 
resistible current,  Madagascar  was  rent  from 
Caifraria,  Ceylon  from  Hindostan,  and  many 
other  seas  and  channels  were  formed  at  the 
same  eventful  crisis.* 

*By  this  hypothesis  we  are  induced  to  believe,  that  the  eastern 
continent  before  the  deluge  was  much  more  extensive  than  it  now  is. 
When  the  beds  of  the  seas  were  excavated,  they  were  much  more 
extensive  than  they  now  are.  This  will  appear  when  we  treat  more 
particularly  of  the  alluvial  deposits.  We  believe  and  shall  attempt  to 
prove,  that  the  Mediterranean  sea  was  formed  by  the  subsidence  of 
that  part  of  the  earth.  We  believe  many  chasms  were  formed  by  the 
current  we  have  described,  and  that  the  same  have  since  been  filled 
by  alluvia.  Of  such,  we  believe,  there  were  a  number  in  France, 
made  by  the  waters  precipitating  from  the  Pyrenees.    These  were 


70 

As  the  currents  from  America  flowed  over 
Europe  laden  with  the  shells  of  the  ocean, 
many  of  these  were  deposited  where  eddies 
and  calms  were  formed  by  projecting  moun- 
tains. Most  of  the  vegetables  of  Europe  were 
borne  by  the  surges  to  the  eastern  parts  of 
Asia.  But  whole  forests  were  buried  in  Eu- 
rope. In  England  and  Ireland  subterranean 
forests  are  common.  These  forests  are  pros- 
trated to  the  east,  or  north  of  east,  and  are 
Covered  to  a  great  depth  with  marine  shells, 
and  various  other  deposits.  They  are  in  such 
a  situation,  as  the  currents  we  have  described 
would  leave  them.     But  such  of  the  vegetables 

filled  as  the  waters  returned,  as  will  be  explained,  and  by  which  the 
many  strata  of  alluvia  near  Paris  can  be  accounted  for.  By  this  theory 
the  cause  of  Europe's  being  more  cut  up  by  seas  and  bays,  than  other 
parts  of  the  world  can  be  explained.  The  mountains  in  Europe  lay 
more  opposed  to  the  current  than  those  of  Africa  or  the  interior  of 
Asia.  In  Asia  and  Africa,  the  principal  ranges  of  mountains  run  from 
nearly  east  to  west,  or  about  in  direction  with  the  current,  that  the 
waters  did  not  pour  over  them  with  such  force,  as  they  did  over  those 
which  lay  from  south  to  north.  If  reliance  can  be  placed  on  the  reports 
of  travellers,  there  is  not  a  mountain  on  the  eastern  continent,  west  of 
those  in  Kamtschatka,  but  has  a  gulf  or  a  sea  on  the  east  or  north 
east  side  of  it,  or  an  extensive  alluvion,  bearing  evident  marks  of 
their  once  being  a  cavity  for  a  lake  or  sea.  There  are  none  on  the 
west  of  such  mountains.  The  sea  of  Ochotsk,  was  formed  by  the 
current  which  moved  to  the  west  from  America,  and  precipitating 
from  the  mountains  of  Kamtschatka.  The  barriers  over  which  the 
waters  rushed  to  form  the  Yellow  sea,  were  the  mountains  in 
China,  those  to  form  the  Gulf  of  Siam,  Aye  re  in  Malaya,  those  to 
form  the  Chinese  sea,  were  in  Cochin  China.  The  mountains  of 
Sumatra,  made  the  water  wear  the  Straits  of  Malacca,  and  separated 
the  island  from  the  mainj  those  of  Arabia  formed  the  Persian  gulfc 


71 

both  of  Europe  and  Africa,  as  were  not  instant- 
ly covered,  were  conveyed  to  the  eastern  parts 
of  Asia,  and  when  the  two  currents  which  en- 
compassed the  globe  there  met,  they  both  were 
stopped,  and  there  the  greatest  deposits  were 
made.  The  masses  of  vegetable  mould,  seve- 
ral hundred  feet  in  thickness,  in  China,  bear 
witness  of  these  deposits.  And  the  extensive 
strata  of  coal  found  in  alluvion  in  those  regions, 
are  no  less  subtantial  testimony  than  the 
former.* 

As  the  waters  returned  from  the  eastern 
parts  of  Asia,  when  God  caused  a  wind  to 
assuage  them,  they  moved  over  Europe 
with  less  velocity  than  they  did  when  they 
destroyed  every  animal  and  every  green  thing. 
In  their  return,  far  greater  deposits  were  made 
than  when  they  advanced.     The  waters  were 

*  It  is  believed,  that  the  numerous  strata  of  coal,  which  are  found 
in  almost  every  country  on  the  globe,  are  formed  of  the  vegetable 
productions  of  the  antedeluvian  world.  These  productions  were  col- 
lected in  extensive  masses  by  the  whirling  currents,  were  jammed  and 
dashed  in  pieces  by  the  tumultuous  waves,  were  overwhelmed  br 
Surges  loaded  with  shells,  sand,  and  clay,  sunk  in  the  earth,  and  un- 
dergoing a  degree  of  fermentation,  were  converted  from  wood,  bark, 
iand  leaves,  to  their  present  state.  Though  forests  have  been  discovered 
far  beneath  the  surface  of  the  earth,  which  were  doubtless  buried  at 
the  same  time,  yet  remain  entire.  This  does  not  prove  but  coal  may 
have  been  formed  as  has  been  stated,  and  whole  timber  preserved 
its  primitive  properties.  Where  forests  were  swept  down  and  co» 
vered  in  an  instant;  where  separate  trees  were  surrounded  by  solid 
earth,  or  exuviae  they  would  be  far  less  liable  to  undergo  any  chemical 
change,  than  if  they  had  been  bruised  and  beaten  into  one  almost  solid 
mass, 


72 

loaded  with  soil.  Many  of  the  caverns  which 
were  made  by  their  former  rapid  motions,  were 
lessened,  or  wholly  filled.*  Much  of  the  ani- 
mal and  vegetable  remains  which  were  swept  to 
the  east,  were  now  returned  towards  the  west, 
and  where  the  velocity  of  the  waters  was 
retarded,  or  a  calm  or  eddy  produced  by  op- 
posing mountains,  deposits  were  made.  Coal 
mines  are  found  in  every  nation  of  Europe. 
In  some  places  the  strata  are  horizontal,  in 
others  they  have  different  degrees  of  inclina- 
tion, depending  solely  on  the  situation  of  the 
surface  on  which  they  rested. 

Marie  and  gypsum  are  likewise  found  in  al- 
most every  section  of  the  world.  These  like- 
wise are  the  deposits  of  the  deluge.  Shells^ 
and  other  animal  remains,  gathered  by  the 
wayes  in  extensive  masses,  as  were  the  vegeta- 
bles, were  broken  and  pulverized  by  the  whirl- 
ing eddies,  settled  in  heaps  and  strata  when 
the  waters  subsided,  and  condensed  into  their 
present  state,  by  a  similar  process  as  formed 
the  coal.     Thus  gypsum  was  formed. 

The  remains  of  which  marie  was  composed, 
were  less  exposed  to  the  dashing  of  currents 
against  rocks;  they  were  preserved  in  a  more 
perfect  state. 

*  That  the  basins  of  the  Black  sea,  sea  ot"  Azof,  and  of  the  Caspian 
sea,  were  much  larger  than  they  now  are,  all  travellers  agree. 


T3 

Strata  of  coal  are  often  found  mingled  with 
gypsum,  the  union  took  place,  while  this  matter 
composing  them  was  tossed  to  and  fro  by  the 
waves. 

.  Strata  of  coal  are  found  reposing  on  beds  of 
gypsum.  There  the  animal  remains  forming 
the  gypsum  had  been  conveyed  and  settled  in 
the  calm,  or  were  swallowed  in  a  vortex,  before 
the  vegetable  mass  was  transported  to  its  des- 
tined rest.  Gypsum  is  found  resting  on  strata 
of  coal.  Here  the  order  of  deposits  was  but 
inverted. 

Some  strata  of  lime-stone  may  have  been 
formed  in  a  similar  manner.  Beds  of  shells, 
by  these  currents,  were  collected  and  deposi- 
ted, not  only  on  plains  and  vallies,  but  even  on 
the  sides  and  summits  of  the  highest  mountains 
in  the  old  world.  Many  strata  of  alluvion  may 
have  been  formed  by  the  currents  and  coun- 
ter currents  during  the  deluge. 

Lakes  of  fresh  water,  which  for  centuries 
had  been  making  deposits,  were  instantly 
filled  with  salt  water  remains.  Channels  of 
rivers  were  stopped  up,  and  the  cavities  in 
the  mountains  were  filled  with  the  animal  and 
vegetable  remains,  which  the  agitated  waters 
had  reduced  to  an  undistinguished  mass.  The 
remains  of  man,  of  the  lion,  tiger,  hyena,  and 
the  fell  monsters  of  land  and  sea,  found  one 
7 


74 

common  grave.  Thus  the  face  of  nature  was 
completely  changed,  and  the  old  world  was 
literally  destroyed.  The  carcases  of  the  animals 
of  Africa  and  Europe,  were  transported  to  the 
north  and  east  of  Asia,  while  the  returning 
current  brought  the  animals  of  Asia  to  Europe, 
Africa,  and  America.  The  fishes  which  have 
been  known  to  inhabit  only  the  waters  near  the 
coasts  of  the  Sandwich  islands,  were  transpor- 
ted half  the  circumference  of  the  globe,  and 
even  round  from  the  east  to  Europe  and  Ame- 
rica, where  their  remains  are  now  found,  to 
the  admiration  of  the  curious. 

We  will  again  follow  the  course  of  the  re- 
turning current  to  America,  and  trace  its  ef- 
fects over  our  plains,  and  among  the  moun- 
tains. Here  we  are  to  expect  to  find  the  al- 
luvion differently  located  from  what  it  was  on 
the  eastern  continent.  There  the  first  depo- 
sits were  made  by  a  current  which  flowed 
above  the  mountains,  which  left  its  burdens,  as 
well  as  excavated  the  earth  on  the  sides  oppo- 
site to  the  one  which  resisted  its  fury.*  When 

*  It  is  evident  that  a  torrent  of  water,  when  it  is  precipitated  from 
a  mountain  as  from  a  dam,  Mould  make  large  excavations  in  the  earth, 
where  the  force  of  the  water  was  exerted  or  opposed.  When  the  plain 
or  valley  was  filled  with  water  as  high  as  the  summit  of  the  mountain, 
and  the  current  continued  to  flow  in  the  same  direction,  it  would  no 
longer  beat  upon  the  earth;  and  that  section  of  the  water  protected 
by  the  mountain  would  be  at  rest;  there  the  soil  and  exuvice,  wliich 
had  been  borne  over  the  mountains,  would  settle,  and  there  we  should 


75 

the  waters  arrived  at  our  continent,  the 
mountains  presented  an  insuperable  barrier 
to  the  waves.  Surge  propelled  surge  near 
to  the  summits.  Vast  quantities  of  the  ani- 
mal and  vegetable  remains  of  the  old  world 
were  brought  to  our  lands.  Extensive  drifts 
of  timber,  the  productions  of  Europe,  Asia, 
and  Africa,  were  forced  high  on  the  mountains; 
succeeding  surges  covered  them  with  soil  and 
the  shells  of  fishes;  and  wherever  these  depo- 
sits were  made,  are  now  to  be  discovered  rich 
mines  of  coal.  Some  of  these  drifts  were  bu- 
ried on  the  plains  where  eddies  were  produced 
by  opposing  mountains. 

expect  to  find  thick  alluvial  formations.  By  these  deposits,  as  well  as 
by  the  returning  current,  the  bounds  of  the  seas,  &c.  formed  by  the 
currents  have  been  much  diminished.  We  find  that  uniformly,  be- 
tween the  seas  and  gulfs  we  have  mentioned,  and  the  mountains,  there 
are  deep  alluvial  formations.  On  both  sides  of  hills  and  mountains 
not  so  high  as  to  obstruct  the  waters  in  their  return,  are  extensive  al- 
luvial formations.  At  the  base  of  some  mountains  there  is  no  allu- 
vion. This  is  the  case  in  regard  to  the  mountains  on  the  south-east 
coast  of  Africa.  There  the  soil  which  was  carried  over  the  moun- 
tains, was  swept  away  by  the  current  which  flowed  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  to  the  north-east.  Perhaps  no  place  will  more  clearly  elu- 
cidate the  effect  of  these  counter  currents,  than  the  peninsula  of  Hin- 
dostan.  There  the  waters  pouring  over  the  Gaut  mountains,  formed 
the  sea  of  Bengal.  When  the  basin  was  filled  as  high  as  the  tops  of 
the  mountains,  that  alluvion  began  to  be  deposited;  the  current  flow- 
ing by  cape  Comorin  to  the  north-east,  prevented  the  alluvion  from 
extending  to  the  east  near  the  southern  part.  The  current  kept  open 
the  straits  between  Ceylon  and  the  main,  and  moving  to  the  north- 
east, left  a  wider  space  to  be  filled  with  alluvion  on  the  east  of  the 
mountains,  in  the  centre  of  Hindostan. 


re 

The  remains  of  the  larger  animals,  are 
more  generally  found  on  the  plains  or  in  the 
vallies.  If  they  were  left  on  the  sides  of 
mountains,  they  would  be  liable  to  be  washed, 
by  rains  and  tempests,  with  the  soil,  to  lower 
situations,  while  the  masses  of  vegetables,  many 
miles  in  extent,  would  resist  the  force  of  show- 
ers, and  retain,  by  their  irregularities,  the  soil 
that  covered  them. 

Many  of  the  ruins  of  the  old  world,  are  now 
far  beneath  our  continent,  and  even  beneath, 
the  strata  which  form  its  base. 

After  the  first  dashing  of  the  waves  had 
subsided,  currents  were  formed  into  the 
gloomy  caverns  from  whence  our  continent 
arose.  As  vortices  were  formed  wherever 
openings  were  presented,  we  must  conclude, 
that  immense  quantities  of  exuvice  were  drawn 
into  their  devouring  jaws.* 

But  it  will  be  inquired,  "How  the  numerous 
remains  of  animals  were  conveyed  to  the  west 
of  the  Alleghany  mountains  and  deposited  in  the 
vale  of  the  Mississippi,  and  through  the  western 
states,  if  the  mountains  proved  an  insuperable 
barrier  to  the  returning  waves?"     That  there 

*  Such  is  the  celebrated  vortex  of  Scylla.  The  waters  which  are 
swallowed  there,  are  conveyed  in  rents,  beneath  the  ocean  to  where 
the  burning  caverns  of  iEtna  turn  them  to  vapour,  and  throw  them 
forth  in  clouds  from  its  flaming  crater. 


77 

are  more  animal  and  vegetable  remains  to  the 
west,  than  to  the  east  of  the  Alleghany  moun- 
tains, is  a  fact  too  well  authenticated  to  admit 
of  a  solitary  doubt,  and  a  fact,  which,  on  ex« 
amination,  goes  directly  to  prove  the  state- 
ments we  have  made. 

It  has  been  stated,  that  the  north-east  part 
of  North  America  was  not  raised  from  the 
ocean,  when  that  part  ascended  which  pro- 
duced the  general  deluge. 

When  the  old  world  was  destroyed,  Ameri- 
ca, as  far  as  the  Andes,  the  Alleghany  and 
Stony  mountains  extend,  was  made  to  appear. 
The  Alleghany  range  terminates  in  about  forty 
eight  degrees  north.  The  Stony  mountains 
extend  to  nearly  seventy  degrees.  All  that 
part  of  the  continent  which  lies  north  of  the 
lakes,  and  the  river  St.  Lawrence  at  the  time 
of  the  deluge,  was  in  the  bed  of  the  ocean. 
The  Alleghany  mountains  extending  from 
south-west  to  north-east,  and  the  Stony  moun- 
tains from  south-east  to  north-west,  and  the 
Alleghany  terminating  nearly  two  thousand 
miles  short  of  the  Stony  mountains,  presented 
a  coast  running  from  south-east  to  north-west 
nearly  four  thousand  miles  in  extent,  and  in 
the  most  favourable  situation  for  the  reception 
of  the  waves  and  relics,  which  were  rolled 
from  the  north  part  of  Asia,  which  was  then 
7* 


78 

the  most  populous  and  fertile  part  of  the 
earth. 

The  Alleghany  and  Stony  mountains  ap- 
proach each  other  towards  the  south;  they 
received  the  currents  from  Asia  as  in  a  fun- 
nel; and  perhaps  no  part  of  the  world  was 
more  affected  by  the  deluge  than  this  section 
of  our  country. 

The  accumulation  of  animals  and  vegetables 
which  were  driven  between  these  mountains^ 
were  constantly  raised,  as  their  barriers  to  the 
east  and  west  approached  each  other,  till  the 
whole  current  was  obstructed  by  the  surges 
which  flowed  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Here 
were  no  rents  through  the  strata  to  suffer 
the  waters  to  flow  into  the  cavities  below  the 
dry  land. 

The  masses  of  timber  were  strewed  over  the 
sides  of  the  mountains;  the  remains  of  the 
mammoth,  the  elephant,  and  of  man  were  de- 
posited there,  and  strata  of  ♦solid  earth,  many 
feet  in  thickness,  rested  upon  them,  from  which 
the  labour  of  man  and  the  washing  of  rivers 
are  almost  daily  bringing  them  to  light. 

The  strata  of  coal  which  are  found  on  the 
mountains,  were  formed  by  the  drifts  of  timber 
which  were  deposited  there. 

The  various  quarries  of  gypsum  were  loca- 


79 

ted  there,  as  in  other  places  which  have  been 
mentioned. 

There  being  more  deposits  to  the  west  than 
to  the  east  of  the  Alleghany  mountains,  is  a 
proof  that  many  remains  which  were  brought 
to  our  eastern  shores  were  swallowed  by  the 
vortices,  which  conveyed  them  to  the  dreary 
abyss  from  whence  our  continent  was  thrown. 

From  the  premises  we  have  assumed,  the 
way  to  the  causes  of  the  following  effects  is 
easy  and  plain. 

1st.  The  cause  of  the  ascent  to  the  summit 
of  our  mountains  and  cliffs  on  the  east  side, 
being  regular  and  easy,  while  the  west  are 
precipitate  and  bold. 

The  current  that  returned  to  the  eastern 
part  of  this  continent,  having  flowed  over  the 
extensive  plains  of  Asia,  Europe,  and  Africa, 
was  loaded  with  much  more  soil  and  relics, 
than  that  which  flowed  across  the  Pacific 
ocean.  The  former  having  performed  more 
than  half  its  course  over  mountains  and  vallies, 
broken  by  the  violence  of  torrents  from  the 
windows  of  heaven,  and  from  the  fountains 
of  the  great  deep;  the  latter  had  rolled  an 
equal  distance  through  the  Great  Pacific, 
scarcely  interrupted  in  any  part  of  its  career 
by  opposing  lands.  Hence,  more  alluvion  was 
brought  to  our  coasts  from  the  east  than  from 


80 

the  west,  and  was  thrown  over  our  plains,  and 
even  to  the  summits  of  many  of  our  mountains. 

2d.  The  cause  of  the  capes  on  the  east  of 
America,  and  west  of  Europe  and  Africa,  be- 
ing uniformly  turned  southerly;  while  those  on 
other  coasts?  are  as  regularly  inclined  in  an 
opposite  direction. 

The  alluvial  formations  at  the  capes,  were 
made  when  the  waters  returned  from  the  de- 
struction of  the  old  world;  and  the  waves  roll- 
ing over  the  solid  parts  of  the  capes,  deposited 
the  alluvion  on  the  south-west  of  the  promon- 
tories. The  other  current  returning  in  an  op- 
posite direction,  formed  the  alluvion  of  the 
capes,  on  the  north-east  sides  of  the  moun- 
tains. 

3d.  Why  some  islands  are  thickly  covered 
with  rich  alluvion,  while  others  are  left  with 
scarcely  soil  sufficient  to  support  the  smallest 
growth  of  vegetation. 

The  islands  in  the  great  southern  ocean, 
most  of  those  in  the  Pacific,  and  many  in  high 
latitudes  to  the  north,  are  almost  wholly  desti* 
tute  of  soil.  These  islands  being  scattered  in 
extensive  oceans,  not  defended  by  any  conside- 
rable mountain  from  the  fury  of  the  waves, 
were  divested  of  the  soil  by  the  currents  pass- 
ing rapidly  over  them,  when  flowing  in  both 
directions. 


81 

But  the  islands  situated  near  the  coasts, 
and  defended  by  the  mountains  of  the  conti- 
nent, are  in  general  distinguished  by  a  deep 
and  fertile  soil.  Such  are  Madagascar,  Cey- 
lon, and  many  others  which  were  equally 
defended.  The  islands  near  the  coasts,  east 
and  south  east  of  Asia,  have,  from  the  earliest 
ages,  been  noted  for  their  rich  and  luxuriant 
soil.  Where  these  islands  are  situated,  trie 
currents  which  encompassed  the  globe  came 
in  contact,  and  here  they  deposited  much  of 
their  burdens.  On  these  islands,  coal  in 
abundance  is  found,  and  vegetable  mould  seems 
inexhaustible. 

While  the  islands  of  Austral  Asia  are  fer- 
tile in  the  extreme,  many  of  the  islands  of 
Polynesia,  situated  in  the  same  latitude,  are 
barren  and  desolate** 

*  The  Sandwich  isles,  and  several  individual  clusters  in  the  Paci* 
fie,  are  represented  as  fertile.  But  it  is  generally  believed  by  navi- 
gators, that  such  islands  are  volcanic  productions,  are  of  recent  for- 
mation, compared  with  many  others,  and  have  doubtless  arisen 
since  the  deluge.  Thus  they  retain  all  the  debris  of  their  own  moun- 
tains, which  renders  them  abundantly  productive.  Islands  have  been 
formed  by  two  different  operations  of  nature,  or  of  nature's  agents— 
by  internal  fires,  and  the  coral.  The  latter  in  their  works  are  slow 
and  steady,  the  former  is  instantaneous, 


82 


PROOF  XVI. 


Of  Inundations  subsequent  to  the    General 
Deluge. 

We  have  on  record  accounts  of  three  floods, 
which  partially  inundated  the  globe  several 
eenturies  after  the  general  calamity,  when  all 
flesh  suffered,  and  every  green  thing  was  de- 
stroyed. 

Partial  inundations  may  have  been  occasion- 
ed by  the  subsidence  of  lands  as  well  as  by  their 
elevation.  A  part  of  a  continent,  or  a  large 
island  settling  into  the  deep  abyss  from  which 
it  arose,  would  agitate  the  waters,  and  propel 
the  surges  over  the  adjacent  lands.  When 
lands  are  depressed  into  the  deep,  the  waters 
will  not  return  to  their  former  bounds,  but  will 
be  raised  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  of 
matter  which  has  been  depressed. 

The  Flood  of  Oxyges. 

Four  hundred  and  fifty-two  years  after  God 
saw  fit  to  drown  the  old  world,  the  flood  of 
Oxyges  took  place. 

The  situation  of  the  world  at  that  time  was 
such,  that  large  islands  may  have  arisen,  or  a 
great  part  of  a  continent  may  have  submerged, 
and  no  account  of  the  catastrophe  be  transmit- 


83 

ted  to  posterity,  or  no  more  of  the  effects  than 
fell  under  the  immediate  observation  of  a  few 
individuals. 

The  greater  part  of  space  occupied  by  the 
waves  of  the  Mediterranean,  if  we  may  judge 
from    the    observations    of    enlightened    and 
inquiring  travellers,  bears  evident  marks   of 
once  being  covered  with  land,  and   that   by 
some  convulsion  of   nature,  it   has    been    in- 
volved in  the  waters.     By  the  subsidence  of  a 
small  part  of  the  land  which  filled  that  exten- 
sive basin,  the  waters  would  have  been  driven 
over  the  south-east  part  of  Europe,  and  west 
part   of    Asia,   and   the   affrighted   survivors 
would  not  surmise  from  what  cause  the  waters 
were  put  in  motion.     What  effects  that  flood 
had  on  the  adjacent  countries  in  Africa,  and 
on  the  west  of  those  in  Europe,  is  not  known; 
and  it  is  more  than  probable,  that  those  sec- 
tions of  the  world  were  not  inhabited. 

From  the  few  accounts  we  have  of  that  cala- 
mity, and  from  the  situation  of  the  countries 
which  were  overflowed,  we  are  induced  to  be- 
lieve that  the  flood  of  Oxyges  was  occasioned 
by  the  submersion  of  the  lands,  formerly  occu- 
pying a  part  of  the  channel  now  covered  by 
the  Mediterranean;  and  that  no  lands  but 
those  bordering  on  the  coasts  of  that  sea,  ex- 
perienced any  inconvenience  from  the  event. 


84* 


Flood  in  Ethiopia. 

One  hundred  and  eighty-eight  years  after 
the  flood  of  Oxy^es,  an  inundation  took  place 
in  Ethiopia,  and  we  have  no  account  of  this 
flood  in  any  other  part  of  the  world. 

The  prophet  Isaiah  alludes  to  this  catas- 
trophe, when  in  speaking  of  the  country,  Ethi- 
opia, he  calls  it,  The  country  iphose  lands  the 
rivers  have  spoiled. 

The  Chronicle  of  Axium  is  the  most  ancient 
repository  of  the  antiquities  of  that  country,  a 
book  considered  as  first  in  authority  after  the 
Holy  Scriptures;  it  says,  that  Ethiopia  was 
laid  waste  by  a  flood,  and  the  face  of  the 
country  much  changed  and  deformed,  so  that 
it  was  denominated  (Jure  JMidre,  or  the  coun- 
try laid  waste.  Other  historians  speak  of  this 
flood  in  Eihiopia  also,  and  it  must  have  been 
well  known  in  the  times  of  Isaiah. 

The  situation  of  Ethiopia  is  remote  from  any 
ocean,  and  could  not  have  been  directly  over- 
flowed by  the  agitation  of  waters,  occasioned 
by  either  the  elevation  or  submersion  of  land. 
But  the  elevation  of  lands  by  a  secondary 
cause,  could  have  produced  the  flood  here 
spoken  of.  It  is  evident,  from  the  account  we 
have  of  that  event,  that  it  was  not  produced 
by  the  waves  of  the  ocean,  but  by  the  rise  of 


85 

rivers;  and  we  cannot  conceive  that  rivers  in 
that  warm  climate,  would  have  arisen  above 
their  usual  periodical  height,  but  by  an  unu- 
sual fail  of  rain.  Then  why  should  more  rain 
be  poured  out  upon  that  country?  at  that  parti- 
cular time,  than  in  any  period  since,  or  be- 
fore, except  at  the  universal  deluge?  Singular 
effects  must  arise  from  singular  causes* 

When  from  the  position  of  the  sun  in  the 
ecliptic,  in  regard  to  the  mountains  of  Ethio- 
pia, the  current  of  air  is  brought  in  an  oblique 
direction  against  them,  the  vapours  which  are 
brought  by  this  current  are  condensed  against 
the  sides  of  the  mountains,  and  cause  their  pe- 
riodical rains.  These  rains  raise  the  Nile, 
and  other  rivers  in  Africa. 

Then  may  we  not  indulge  the  conjecture, 
that  at  the  period  when  New7  Holland  was 
summoned  to  appear,  that  the  vapours  which 
arose  from  the  ocean,  when  the  waves  were 
repelled  by  the  fire  which  had  force  to  elevate 
so  extensive  a  country,  were  borne  by  the  re- 
gular trade  winds  to  Africa,  and  there  conden- 
sing as  they  inclined  against  the  mountains, 
were  the  cause  of  the  rivers  spoiling  the 
lands. 

New  Holland  is  situated  so  remote  from 
Africa,  that  the  agitation  of  the  waters  occa- 
sioned by  its  ascension,  would  have  so  much 
8 


86 

subsided  before  they  reached  the  east  coast  of 
Africa,  that  they  would  not  have  inundated 
that  part  of  the  world.  Besides,  the  vast  ex- 
tent of  ocean  to  the  south-east  and  west  from 
New  Holland,  offered  a  free  passage  to  the 
water,  that  no  country  was  essentially  injured 
by  the  rolling  surges. 

Of  the  Deucaleon  Flood. 

Eighty-six  years  after  the  flood  in  Ethiopia, 
that  of  Deucaleon  happened. 

It  is  not  dou'Jted  by  travellers,  but  that  Af- 
rica once  extended  farther  to  the  north  than  it 
now  does;  and  that  that  part  which  extended 
from  cape  Bon  to  cape  Razat,  has  settled  in 
the  ocean  at  some  unknown  period.  When 
that  section  of  land  descended,  the  waters 
were  repelled,  and  flowed  in  a  direct  line  to 
Thessaly,  and  deluged  that  country.  This  was 
the  Deucaleon  flood,  and  this  was  the  cause  of 
that  inundation, 

Many  other  partial  floods,  of  which  we  have 
no  account,  may  have  taken  place  in  othercoun- 
tries,  and  assisted  in  the  alluvial  formations, 
which  begin  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  cu- 
rious and  learned,  and  which  will  open  an  ex- 
tensive field  to  geological  inquiry  Such  in- 
undations  may   have    assailed     districts;  and 


87 

none  be  left  to  report  the  calamity.  Many 
barbarous  tribes  may  have  been  buried  beneath 
a  flood,  and  no  monument  of  their  existence 
remain. 

If  the  dry  land  was  caused  to  appear,  as  has 
been  stated,  and  various  parts  of  the  earth 
have  been  elevated  at  different  periods,  we 
must  expect  that  great  changes  have  taken 
place  on  their  surface  since  their  ascension. 

Before  vegetation  commenced  its  growth, 
when  the  soil  was  not  bound  by  roots,  nor  de- 
fended by  leaves  and  brambles,  storms  would 
carry  much  soil  and  debris  from  the  mountains, 
and  deposit  them  in  the  vallies  and  abysses 
between  the  broken  cliffs.  When  rivers  began 
to  flow,  they  formed  lakes  and  ponds  in  val- 
lies, which  continued  to  rise,  till,  overflowing, 
or  bursting  their  barriers,  they  rushed  to 
others,  and  with  accumulated  force,  opened  a 
passage  to  the  ocean.  By  such  operations  of 
the  elements,  fragments  of  mountains  have 
been  undermined,  and  precipitated  from  ele- 
vated stations,  have  broken,  and  thrown  in- 
ferior rocks  to  great  distances  from  where 
they  were  first  deposited.  As  water  filtra- 
ted through  chinks  of  rocks  and  mountains  to 
form  springs,  by  degrees  it  has  worn  away  the 
foundations  of  incumbent  strata,  which  settled 
into  the  caverns,  and  occasioned  many  depres- 


88 

sions  in  the  sides  and  summits  of  mountains. 
Rivers  have  changed  their  courses,  and  in 
forming  new  channels,  have  deposited  more 
alluvion  in  the  still  waters  where  they  disem- 
bogued. Vegetable  mould  has  in  many  places 
been  borne  by  currents,  and  left  on  lower  soils, 
where  now  various  strata  are  distinctly  seen. 

When  fire,  the  servant  of  the  Most  High^ 
had  performed  his  office  in  raising  lands  for 
the  habitation  of  the  nobler  animals,  the  water 
and  air  commenced  their  operations  to  mould 
and  polish  them  for  the  comforts  and  conveni- 
ences of  his  creatures.  These  operations  are 
daily  continued,  and  though  they  may  prove 
injurious  to  some,  yet  they  increase  the  hap- 
piness of  the  general  whole. 

# 
JL  Flood  ivas  produced  by  the  rise  of  the  north- 

east  part  of  North  America. 

It  may  be  considered  presumption  to  intro- 
duce arguments  to  prove  a  position  founded  on 
conjecture.  But  when  witnesses,  collected 
from  various  directions, voluntarily  rise  and  tes- 
tify to  a  fact,  we  cannot  be  so  sceptical  as  not 
to  listen  to  their  testimony,  though  we  have  no 
records,  and  but  a  ray  of  tradition  to  support 
us. 

Such  is  the  case  as  it  regards  the  flood  which 
we  believe  has  taken  place  in  North  America, 


89 

long  since  the  general  deluge,  and  the  subse- 
quent floods  which  we  have  mentioned,  and 
which  partially  inundated  the  globe. 

We  believe  that  this  flood  was  occasioned 
by  the  rise  of  the  north-east  part  of  America, 
whieh  lies  north  and  north-east  of  the  great 
chain  of  lakes,  including  Labrador,  New-Bri- 
tain, North  and  South  Wales,  and  all  the  re- 
gions from  the  termination  of  the  Stony  Moun- 
tains, to  where  the  Alleghany  range  disappears 
near  the  river  St.  Lawrence. 

The  reasons  we  have  to  induce  us  to  be- 
lieve that  such  a  flood  or  event  Jhas  taken 
place,  are, 

First.  The  whole  strata  of  rocks,  and  ranges 
of  mountains,  south  and  south-west  of  this 
section  of  the  continent,  extend  nearly  from 
north  to  south;  and  the  strata  and  mountains 
north  and  north-east  of  the  lakes  have  no 
appearance  of  ever  having  been  united  with 
the  more  southern  ranges,  and  uniformly  run 
from  east  to  west. 

Second.  In  that  part  of  the  continent  re- 
cently raised  from  the  ocean,  there  are  no  al- 
luvial deposits,  which  would  have  been  as 
numero;  s  and  as  great  there  as  in  any  other 
part  of  America,  if  that  section  had  been  as 
long  above  the  bed  of  the  ocean,  and  conse- 


90 

quently  been  subject  to  the  same  currents  and 
inundations. 

Third.  By  the  rise  of  that  part  of  America, 
a  flood  would  have  been  occasioned,  which  in 
its  progress  would  have  formed  an  alluvion^ 
perfectly  coinciding  with  the  various  strata 
found  in  the  more  southern  parts  of  North 
America. 

Fourth.  The  Aborigines  of  North  America 
have  traditions  of  a  flood,  which  more  resem- 
bles the  one  we  have  mentioned,  than  the 
general  deluge. 

With  such  grounds  for  our  conjectures,  we 
will  proceed  to  examine  the  effects  which  such 
a  flood  would  have  on  our  continent,  and  com- 
pare them  with  those  which  are  known  to  exist. 

Labrador  and  Greenland,  extending  many 
degrees  to  the  east  of  that  part  of  the  conti- 
nent which  was  first  raised,  in  their  ascension 
would  have  propelled  the  waters  of  the  At- 
lantic to  the  south  in  great  agitation,  and  like- 
wise would  have  poured  an  irresistible  current 
over  most  of  the  lands  of  the  United  States. 

When  the  last  raised  section  united  to  the 
one  which  had  been  formerly  elevated,  there 
would  be  appearances  of  chasms  or  fissures. 
This  is  the  appearance  along  the  whole 
line  of  lakes,  from  Ontario  to  Slave  Lake,  and 
even  down  the  St.  Lawrence  and  M'Kenzie's 


91 

Rivers    from     the    Atlantic     to     the   Arctic 
Ocean. 

M'Kenzie,  Hearne,  and  others,  who  have 
traversed  the  dreary  wilds  north  and  north- 
west of  the  lakes,  coincide  in  describing  the 
face  of  the  country  as  almost  entirely  destitute 
of  alluvion,  and  state  that  in  many  places  to 
a  vast  extent  nothing  appears  but  naked  rocks. 
If  this  section  of  the  continent  had  been  as 
long  exposed  to  frosts  and  tempests  as  the 
others,  there  would  have  been  sufficient  de- 
bris and  soil  to  support  vegetation. 

When  that  section  of  country  was  elevated, 
the  waters    which  covered  it,  rushed  to  the 
south  and  south-east,  and  swept  by  their  tu- 
multuous surges,  the  soil  and  all  loose  parti- 
■  cles  from  the  surface,  and  transported  them  to 
more   southern   regions.      As   the  sea  flowed 
from   the   elevated   surface,   and  precipitated 
against  the  lands  which  had  been  raised  be- 
fore, it  would  make  vast  cavities,  and  trans- 
port the  soil  and  even  rocks  to  a  distance  from 
where  they  had  been  located.     The  basins  of 
the  great  chain,  of  lakes  were  chiefly  formed 
and  fashioned  by  this  current,  and  the  matter 
which  was  swept  from  their  beds  is  now  wit- 
nessed in    the  vast  banks  of  alluvion  to   the 
south  of  their  present  bounds.     In  some  parts 
of  the  lakes,  the  waters  are  represented  as  al- 


92 

most  unfathomable.  In  such  places,  the  sound- 
ing was  attempted  between  the  strata  of  the 
two  sections  raised  at  different  periods.— 
Doubtless  many  such  chasms  exist  through  the 
basins  of  the  whole  chain  of  lakes. 

Dr.  S.  L.  Mitchill,  to  whom  we  are  indebt- 
ed for  many  facts  in  geology,  informs  us,  that 
along  the  south  coasts  of  the  lakes  there  are  so 
many  marine  remains,  that  it  cannot  be  doubt- 
ed but  for  a  long  time  the  salt  waters  rolled 
their  proud  waves  there.  This  period  was 
before  the  north-east  section  of  our  country 
was  elevated. 

It  is  likewise  the  opinion  of  the  same  learned 
Doctor,  and  of  others,  whose  names  do  honour 
to  science,  that  the  whole  extent  of  flat  coun- 
try round  the  lakes,  was,  for  many  centuries, 
covered  by  waters  forming  an  inland  sea;  and 
that  this  sea  continued  to  rise  till  it  overflowed 
the  lands  in  various  places,  wore  channels 
through  the  mountains,  and  rushed  to  the  At- 
lantic ocean.  Hence,  the  breaches  through 
the  mountains,  in  which  the  Hudson,  Susque- 
hannah,  Delaware,  &c.  flow,  were  formed. 

We  beg  leave  to  differ  from  this  opinion  in 
some  respects.  If  the  inland  sea  existed  as 
they  suppose,  and  it  continued  to  rise  regu- 
larly for  a  length  of  time,  till  it  overflowed  the 
mountains,  the  barriers  must  have  been  of  the 


93 

same  height  in  all  the  places  where  breaches 
were  made,  or  they  would  not  have  been  over- 
flowed at  the  same  time.  The  mountains  are 
not  of  the  same  height  in  these  various  places, 
therefore  could  not  have  been  overflowed  at 
the  same  time  by  a  regular  rise  of  the  sea; 
for,  when  the  waters  surmounted  the  moun- 
tains where  they  were  the  lowest,  at  that  place 
the  waters  would  flow  off,  a  channel  would  be 
formed,  so  that  the  sea  would  not  rise  higher, 
and  but  one  breach  would  be  made.  If  the 
sea  had  first  burst  over  the  high  lands,  where 
the  Hudson,  or  any  one  of  the  other  rivers  now 
flows,  there  must  have  been  a  depression  of 
the  waters  in  that  place,  and  all  the  waters 
in  the  sea  would  have  inclined  to  that  place, 
and  the  pressure  in  other  places  would  have 
been  diminished,  that  no  more  rents  could 
have  been  made  from  this  sea. 

But  the  rents  must  have  been  made  by  a 
sudden  rise  of  the  waters,  and  by  a  pressure 
so  violent,  that  the  solid  strata  of  the  moun- 
tains, where  the  rivers  now  flow,  were  torn 
asunder  at  the  same  time.  This  sudden  rise 
and  irresistible  pressure,  were  the  effects  of 
the  rise  of  that  part  of  America  north  of  the 
lakes. 

Previous  to  this  inundation,  the  situation  of 
North  America  was  very  different  from  what  it 


94 

is  at  the  present  time.  The  ocean  extended 
much  nearer  to  the  bases  of  the  mountains 
than  at  present,  so  that  most  of  the  plains  along 
the  coasts  of  the  Atlantic  were  then  covered 
by  the  waters  of  the  deep.  The  gulf  of  Mex- 
ico then  covered  a  great  part  of  the  Floridas, 
Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  &c.  On  the 
north- r*est  of  the  Alleghany  range  of  moun- 
tains, there  was  an  extensive  sea-coast  from 
Nova  Scotia  to  the  northern  termination  of  the 
Stony  mountains.  Rivers  flowed  from  the 
north-west  sides  of  the  Alleghany  mountains 
into  this  ocean.  The  higher  plains  and  sides 
of  mountains  were  covered  with  forests.  The 
continent  had  become  the  abode  of  many  spe- 
cies of  the  brute  creation,  and  man  had  found 
a  residence  here. 

The  effects  of  the  flood  we  have  mentioned, 
are  to  be  traced  in  the  various  windings  of  our 
sea  coast,  in  the  bays,  rivers,  and  alluvial  for- 
mations in  every  part  of  our  country* 

When  the  northern  lands  arose,  from  La- 
brador and  Greenland,  a  heavy  current  was 
sent  to  the  south  in  the  Atlantic,  which  flowed 
along  our  coasts.  From  the  more  western  re- 
gions, a  torrent  which  swept  over  the  lands 
was  sent  forth.  The  current  which  flowed 
down  the  ocean  being  unobstructed  by  barri- 
ers; preceded  the  one  which  rolled  over  the 


95 

lands:  and  where  these  two  currents  met  along 
the  coasts,  alluvial  deposits  were  made. 

When  the  torrents  poured  over  the  moun- 
tains, between  New  Brunswick  and  Maine  on 
the  south-east,  and  Canada  on  the  north-west, 
it  excavated  most  of  the  basin  of  the  bay  of 
Fundy.     Nova  Scotia  rested  on   strata  not  to 
be  shaken.     When  the  current  which  rushed 
over  the  lands  came  in  contact  with  that  of  the 
ocean,  the  extensive   sand    banks,   south  and 
south-east  of  Nova  Scotia  were  formed.     The 
torrent  moved  over  the  New  England  states  in 
awful  grandeur,  rolling  rucks  from  the  moun- 
tains, and  driving   them  in  broken  fragments 
along  the  plains.     Hence  we  have  a  cause  of 
the  many  rounded  stones  being  strewed  over 
that  part  of  the  continent;  and   likewise  the 
cause  of  there  being  but  little  soil,  and  allu- 
vial  deposits  in   the  north  east  parts  of  the 
Union.     South  of  Massachusetts,  Rhode   Isl- 
and, and  Connecticut,  the  torrent  which  rolled 
over  the  land  encountered,  nearly  at  right  an- 
gles, the  swelling  ones  which  moved  along  the 
ocean.     Long  Island  is  the  effect  of  their  junc- 
tion; and  the  sand  banks  south  of  cape  Malabar 
are  the  deposits  made  by  that  part  of  the  cur- 
rent which  flowed  over  the  east  parts  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, and  was  obstructed  by  the  ocean. 


96 

Hence,  we  hav^  a  cause  of  the  alluvion  of 
Long  Island,  being  composed  chiefly  of  round- 
ed pebbles.  That  a  heavy  current  flowed 
from  the  east  to  the  west,  along  the  ocean 
south  of  New  England,  at  the  time  Long  Island 
was  formed,  appears  from  this*  The  island 
not  extending  30  far  to  the  east  as  the  main 
land,  shows  that  a  force  from  the  east,  more 
powerful  than  from  the  north,  urged  the  soil  and 
remains,  which  were  borne  by  the  currents 
further  to  the  west,  than  if  the  current  from 
the  north  had  been  resisted  by  an  ocean  in 
tranquillity. 

In  the  tract  of  country  through  which  Con- 
necticut river  flows,  are  the  vestiges  of  many 
small  lakes,  which  have  been  partially  filled  by 
alluvion.  These  were  filled  at  the  period 
above  alluded  to,  and  the  channels  of  many 
smaller  rivers  were  covered,  and  that  in  which 
the  grand  Connecticut  rolls  his  waves,  was 
then  formed. 

In  various  parts  of  New  England,  large 
stones  and  rocks  have  been  found  in  alluvion, 
many  miles  from  the  strata  to  which  they  evi- 
dently once  belonged.  These  were  moved  at 
the  same  time  that  the  lakes  were  filled. 

The  current  of  the  ocean  overspread  all  the 
low  lands  of  the  Atlantic  states,  and  was 
enjoying  uninterrupted   dominion   where    our 


97 

largest  cities,  delightful  plantations,  and  lux- 
uriant  farms,  now  appear.  But  suddenly  its 
regal  sway,  its  imperial  authority,  was  attack- 
ed. The  waters  which  had  been  confined  be- 
yond the  mountains,  as  if  ambitious  of  a  no- 
bler sway,  now  burst  the  bounds  that  had 
confined  them,  and  with  an  irresistible  impe- 
tuosity rushed  to  attack  the  ocean,  which  had 
extended  beyond  his  natural  domains,  and  pre- 
sumed to  assault  th^  mountains. 

The  majestic  Hudson  elated  by  the  conquest 
of  the  firm  barriers  that  confined  him,  armed 
with  the  soil  and  fragments  of  the  mountains 
he  had  conquered,  in  awful  grandeur,  over- 
spreading the  country,  dared  dispute  the  power 
of  the  ocean.  Accelerated  by  the  numerous 
auxiliaries  from  the  mountains,  and  strength- 
ened by  arming  himself  with  every  rock  that 
opposed  his  passage,  the  ocean  himself  retired 
at  his  approach. 

But  from  the  attack  of  the  powerful  Hud- 
son, who  moved  from  the  mountains  of  free- 
dom, the  tyrant  ocean  would  have  held  his 
dominion  over  the  most  luxuriant  parts  of  the 
middle  and  southern  states.  He  would  have 
extended  Long  island  to  the  highlands  of  Jer- 
sey, and  destined  the  site  of  the  emporium  of 
the  new  world  to  be  a  stagnant  marsh  or  a 
barren  plain.  But  Hudson  turned  the  proud 
9 


98 

currents  of  the  ocean  to  the  south,  removed 
the  sands  and  rocks  which  would  have  united 
the  island  to  the  maine,  and  preserved  a  har- 
bour unequalled  in  the  world. 

The  alluvion  on  which  the  city  of  New-York 
is  situated  was  formed  at  the  time  when  the 
Hudson  rushed  to  the  ocean.  It  was  opposed 
by  a  current  from  the  east.  The  river  then 
overspread  all  the  flat  country,  and  bearing 
debris,  stones,  and  rocks  in  its  current,  when 
obstructed  in  a  degree  by  the  current  of  the 
ocean  which  flowed  through  the  sound,  it  de- 
posited much  of  its  burden  in  the  angular 
point  between  the  currents.  But  most  of  the 
debris,  stones,  &c.  which  were  brought  from 
the  mountains  by  the  Hudson  were  deposited 
on  the  Jersey  shore,  and  appear  in  the  exten- 
sive alluvion  which  forms  the  southern  part  of 
that  state.  The  current  of  the  ocean  inclined 
that  of  the  Hudson  to  the  west,  and  both  being 
obstructed,  the  alluvion  was  formed  to  the  west 
of  the  channel  of  the  Hudson. 

The  greater  part  of  the  state  of  New-York 
at  that  time  was  inundated.  The  extensive 
plains  of  alluvion  were  then  formed,  and  to 
that   event   it  owes    the   fertility  of  its   soil. 

The  alluvion  on  which  Troy  and  Lansing- 
burg  have  their  delightful  situations,  was 
formed  by  the  soil,  brought  by  the  Mohawk 


99 

river,  and  when  its  current  was  obstructed  by 
the  Hudson  the  deposits  were  made  on  the  east 
side  of  the  latter.  There  is  not  a  plain  or  valley, 
lake  or  river,  or  alluvial  formation  in  the  state 
of  New  York,  which  has  fallen  under  the 
author's  observation,  but  bears  testimony  in 
favour  of  this  inundation  having  taken  place. 
The  various  strata  through  which  is  cut  the 
Grand  Canal,  the  pride  of  America,  the  im- 
mortal glory  of  its  projectors,  bear  incontro- 
vertible proofs  that  such  revolutions  have 
taken  place. 

The  Delaware  and  Schuylkill  Rivers. 

After  the  current  of  the  ocean  had  been 
checked  in  its  progress  to  the  west  by  the 
violent  attack  of  the  Hudson,  it  began  again  to 
encroach  on  the  bdunds  destined  to  be  the 
abodes  of  intelligence.  Then  the  overwhelm- 
ing torrent  which  rushed  through  the  breach 
formed  for  the  Delaware,  assailed  the  ambi- 
tious tyrant,  and  rescued  from  his  desolating 
power  delightful  and  fertile  regions. 

The  debris  brought  from  the  mountains  and 
high  lands  by  this  noble  river,  were  deposited 
along  its  sides,  when  the  force  of  the  current 
was  lessened  by  its  coming  in  contact  with  the 
ocean,     But  most  deposits  were  made  on  the 


100 

east  of  the  river,  or  bay,  where  the  force  was 
affected  by  the  current  of  the  Hudson  and  the 
ocean.  The  current  in  the  ocean  began  to  in- 
cline to  the  west  after  it  was  propelled  to  the 
south  by  the  Hudson.  The  force  of  the  Hud- 
son and  that  of  the  ocean  then  were  united; 
and  when  that  of  the  Delaware  rushed  in  con- 
tact with  them  they  were  both  again  driven  to 
the  south.  Between  these  currents  most  de- 
posits would  be  made,  and  directly  between 
them  the  extensive  alluvia  in  the  south  part  of 
New  Jersey  were  formed. 

The  large  estuaries  or  bays  at  the  mouth  of 
our  rivers  were  not  formed,  as  some  have  ima- 
gined, by  the  streams  wearing  away  the  solid 
earth,  but  by  the  force  of  the  currents  pre- 
venting debris  from  settling  there. 

The  current  of  the  Delaware  was  so  rapid 
that  it  maintained  its  course  to  the  ocean,  and 
swept  the  soil  which  was  borne  in  its  waters  to 
southern  regions.  Where  eddies  were  pro- 
duced by  counter  currents,  deposits  would  be 
made.  Between  the  Delaware  and  the  tor- 
rent which  then  rushed  down  the  channel  of 
the  Schuylkill,  was  formed  the  deep  and  ex- 
tensive alluvion  on  which  Philadelphia  is 
situated.* 

*  Our  limits  will  not  admit  of  our  mentioning  the  various  remains 
which  hs  ve  heefi  found  deep  in  the  earth  in  the  places  we  pass. 
Therefore,  it  must  suffice  to  say  that  m  all  of  the  alluvia  which  we 


101 

The  torrent  of  the  Delaware,  like  that  of 
the  Hudson,  overflowed  a  vast  extent  of  coun- 
try, and  the  whole  current,  blended  with  that 
of  the  ocean,  moved  to  the  south.  Many 
less  streams  from  the  mountain  on  the  west, 
rushed  to  this  general  current,  which  inclined 
the  collateral  streams  to  the  south,  from  where 
they  would  have  flowed,  had  they  been  un- 
interrupted; and  the  general  current  from  the 
north,  drove  the  soil  which  the  streams  from 
the  west  brought  from  the  mountains,  to  the 
south  of  the  channels.  Hence,  we  have  a 
cause  of  the  banks  of  alluvion,  on  all  the  riv- 
ers which  flow  from  the  west  into  the  large 
bays  or  ocean,  being  deposited  on  the  south 
of  the  channels.  The  streams,  which  now  are 
small,  at  that  time  were  extensive  and  power- 
ful torrents,  as  their  channels  indicate;  and 
where  now  are  dry  and  fertile  vallies,  then 
flowed  majestic  rivers. 

The  soil  and  debris  which  the  Brandywine 
brought  down  its  channel,  was  driven  to  the 
south  by  the  general  current  of  the  Delaware, 
and  formed  the  delightful  situation  on  which 
Wilmington  stands.  South  of  Wilmington, 
where   Christiana   creek   now  creeps     along, 

name,  timber  of  various  kinds,  animal  remains,  &c.  have  been  found 
at  various  depths  from  ten  to  one  hundred  feet  from  the  surface;  and 
the  various  strata  of  earth  are  sueh  that  none  can  doubt  but  they  have 
been  dejmsited  by  currents* 

9* 


102 

flowed  a  large  river,  and  the  burdens  which 
it  bore  were  deposited  to  form  those  fertile 
flats  south  of  the  borough,  and  even  the  plea- 
sant heights  where  Newcastle  is  situated. — 
Many  other  streams  flowed  into  the  Delaware 
bay,  on  the  south  of  every  one  of  which  are  al- 
luvial deposits. 

The  Susquehannah* 

As  the  God  of  Nature  never  formed  a  no- 
bler stream,  or  one  which  is  capable  of  being 
converted  to  more  important  uses,  than  the 
Susquehannah,  it  is  to  be  expected  that  such  a 
river  would  weigh  much  either  in  favour  or 
against  our  theory.  Not  only  the  river  in  its 
course,  but  the  extensive  alluvial  deposits 
which  cover  the  country  through  which  it 
flows,  declare  that  they  owe  their  existence  to 
a  cause  similar  to  the  one  described. 

This  noble  river  rescued  from  the  gloomy 
embrace  of  the  ocean,  millions  of  acres  which 
now  are  adorned  by  rich  harvests,  pleasant 
villages,  and  magnificent  cities. 

Before  the  ocean  was  met  by  the  Susque- 
hannah, he  had  recovered  from  the  shocks  ex- 
perienced from  the  Hudson  and  the  Delaware, 
and  was  again  pressing  his  forces  towards  the 
mountains.     Had  this  noble  river  been  an  ex- 


103 

perienced  warrior,  standing  on  the  top  of  the 
Alleghany,  surrounded  by  invincible  legions, 
and  marked  the  foe  of  freedom  marching  to 
defile,  by  his  footsteps,  the  holy  sanctuary  of 
Jiberty,  he  could  not  have  moved  more  effec- 
tually to  repel  the  baleful  intruder.  As  the 
accumulated  force  of  the  Susquehannah  ap- 
proached, the  current  of  the  ocean  was  again 
driven  from  the  shores,  and  turned  to  the 
south. 

Between  the  floods  of  the  Delaware  and  the 
Susquehannah,  was  deposited  the  alluvion, 
which  forms  a  great  part  of  the  state  of  Dela- 
ware, the  eastern  section  of  Maryland,  and 
the  counties  of  Virginia  which  lie  on  the 
east  of  the  Chesapeake  bay.  The  Susque- 
hannah, augmented  by  a  thousand  streams,  and 
accelerated  by  precipitating  from  the  moun- 
tains, moved  with  such  impetuous  force,  as  not 
only  to  turn  the  current  of  the  ocean,  but  to 
preserve  from  alluvial  deposits  the  space  now 
occupied  by  the  waters  of  the  Chesapeake. 

The  rivers  which  flowed  from  the  mountains 
at  the  west,  laden  with  soil,  rushed  to  the  east, 
and  were  prevented  from  depositing  their  bur- 
dens in  the  basin  of  the  bay,  by  being  instantly 
swallowed  and  borne  away  by  the  irresistible 
current  of  the  Susquehannah. 


104 

To  the  streams  which  flowed  into  the  bay 
from  the  west,  are  we  indebted  for  the  rich 
and  extensive  alluvial  formations  which  extend 
through  the  centre  of  Maryland.  When  these 
rivers  came  in  contact  with  the  general  cur- 
rent from  the  north,  they  were  checked  in 
their  career.  As  their  velocity  was  retarded, 
their  burdens  were  deposited;  and  the  whole 
plains  being  covered  by  waters  having  a  mo- 
tion to  the  south,  alluvion  was  formed  on  the 
south  of  the  principal  channels  of  the  rivers. 

As  innumerable  streams  laden  with  various 
kinds  of  soil,  which  they  had  torn  from  the  hills 
and  mountains  from  which  they  flowed,  rushed 
from  various  directions  into  the  common  cur- 
rent, we  must  expect  that  many  eddies  and 
counter  currents  would  be  produced;  to  these 
we  are  indebted  for  the  pleasing  variety,  the 
agreeable  elevations  and  depressions  of  our 
alluvial  formations.* 


*  Here  permit  us  to  notice  an  error  in  regard  to  alluvial  strata, 
which  generally  pervades  society.  Many  have  attempted  to  calcu- 
late the  age  of  the  world  by  these  strata*  They  suppose  that  a  num- 
ber of  centuries  would  be  required  to  form  one  stratum,  that  this 
stratum  must  remain  as  long  before  it  would  be  covered  with  a  suffi- 
cient growth  of  vegetation  to  form  another,  and  thus  they  continue  to 
calculate,  proving  from  these  ludicrous  premises,  that  the  world  must 
have  existed  tor  millions  of  centuries.  All  the  strata  of  alluvia  may 
have  been  iormed  in  as  many  hours  as  they  calculate  millions  of 
years. 

If,  as  we  have  supposed,  a  section  of  a  continent  or  island  was  cover- 
ed by  water,  that  many  streams  from  various  directions,  and  flowing 


105 

More  alluvial  deposits  were  made  along  the 
course  of  the  Susquehannah  than  on  any  river 
in  the  United  States,  which  flows  into  the  At- 
lantic; and,  according  to  our  theory,  the  cause 
is  obvious.  The  Susquehannah  forms  a  chan- 
nel nearer  to  the  mountains,  than  any  other 
river  in  the  United  States  which  flows  from 
the  north  to  the  Atlantic.  The  currents  and 
debris  from  the  mountains,  were  obstructed  in 
their  ccurse  by  the  current  of  the  Susquehan- 
nah, and  united  their  forces  with  that  majestic 
stream,  while  the  Delaware,  Hudson,  &c.  were 
supplied  only  by  streams  which  were  of  short 
extent.  Hence,  Connecticut  river  has  less  al- 
luvion than  the  Hudson,  the  Hudson  less  than 
the  Delaware,  and  the  Delaware  less  than  the 
Susquehanna. 

That  the  torrrent  which  rushed  down  the 
channel  of  the  Susquehannah  was  more  power- 
through  different  soils  should  rush  into  that  water,  and  there  he  ob- 
structed or  turned  by  a  superior  current,  strata  of  different  kinds  would 
be  immediately  formed.  For  instance,  the  alluvial  formations  around 
Baltimore,  and  more  instructive  ones  are  not  on  the  globe.  When 
this  part  of  the  country  was  covered  by  water,  if  one  torrent  had  passed 
through  a  sandy  soil  when  obstructed,  a  stratum  of  spnd  would  be 
formed.  Another  flowing  into  the  same  waters  passed  a  clayey  soil 
that  would  have  a  stratum  of  clay,  and  so  were  formed  all  the  various 
strata  which  have  induced  so  much  speculation.  In  some  countries 
hundreds  of  strata  are  formed,  where  there  is  but  one  in  another, 
IVlany  of  our  strata  of  alluvia  are  irregularly  inclined,  some  form  a 
curve,  all  depending  on  the  situation  of  the  bottom  of  the  waters  into 
which  the  streams  flowed. 


106 

fill  than  any  river  to  the  east,  appears  from 
the  larger  bay  which  it  preserved  from  allu- 
vial deposits,  and  the  uniform  course  which 
the  current  maintained  to  the  south.  The 
streams  which  poured  into  this  current  could 
not  alter  its  direction. 

Much  alluvion  was  formed  when  the  Poto- 
mac was  interrupted  by  the  current  which 
rolled  down  the  bay.  Between  the  streams 
of  the  Potomac,  and  that  which  then  rushed 
down  the  East  Branch,  the  elegant  site  of  the 
Capital  was  formed. 

At  this  time,  the  valley  west  of  the  Blue 
Ridge  was  filled  with  water,  and  the  Shen- 
andoah acquired  strength  to  force  a  passage 
through  that  lofty  range. 

Most  of  the  alluvial  deposits  on  the  west  of 
the  Chesapeake  were  made  by  the  debris 
which  the  Potomac,  York,  and  Rappahannock, 
brought  from  the  mountains. 

When  the  James  river,  as  if  ambitious  to 
share  in  the  conquest  of  the  Susquehannah,  pre- 
cipitated to  the  general  current,  the  attack 
was  so  violent,  that  the  current  of  the  Chesa- 
peake was  turned  to  the  east,  notwithstanding 
the  pressure  of  the  ocean.  Hence  was  caused 
the  abrupt  termination  of  the  bay  on  the  south, 
and  hence  the  cause  of  the  channel  to  this  bay 


107 

running  in  a  different  direction  from  the  bay 
itself. 

The  alluvion  formed  by  the  James  river  was 
deposited  south  of  that  stream;  and  the   force 
of  the  current  in  the  Chesapeake,  or  Susque- 
hannah, and  that  of  the  ocean,  was  so   much 
obstructed    by  this  stream,   that  the  alluvion 
was  not  conveyed  to  a  great  distance  from  its 
union  with  the  bay;  it  was  deposited  before  it 
arrived   to  the   Dismal  swamp.     That  extent 
of  low  land  is  but  a  faint  picture  of  what  most 
of  the  Atlantic  states  would   have  been,  had 
not  the  recent  flood  made  extensive  deposits 
along  our  coast.     The  soil  wrhich  was  brought 
by  the  Susquehannah  and  its  branches  from  the 
mountains  being  deposited,  and    James  river 
retarding  the  current  which  flowed  along  the 
coast,  the  alluvion  which  that  river  bore  in  its 
surges,  was  not  swept  so  far  to  the  south  as 
that  of  other  streams;  and  the  Dismal  swamp 
between  North  Carolina  and  Virginia,  remains 
a  gloomy  witness  in  support  of  our  theory. 

The  Roanoke,  with  its  floods,  preserved 
from  alluvion  Albermarle  sound. 

The  Tar  and  Neuse  defended  the  space  now 
covered  by  the  waters  of  Pamlico  sound. 

After  the  Susquehannah  and  James  river 
had  exerted  their  force  in  repelling  the  cur- 
rent of  the  ocean  from  our  shores,  none  of  the 


108 

rivers  to  the  south  had  force  to  resist  its  vio- 
lence. 

The  current  which  had  been  pressed  among 
the  mountains  had  in  a  great  degree  lost  its 
force  before  it  arrived  among  the  mountains  in 
the  south  of  Virginia,  and  the  Carolinas,  so  that 
when  it  burst  passages  to  the  ocean,  it  did  not 
flow  with  such  impetuosity  as  in  the  more 
northern  states. 

From  Pamlico  sound,  where  the  Tar  and 
Neuse  exerted  their  strength,  the  current  of 
the  ocean  inclined  to  the  west.  Along  the 
coast  of  the  Carolinas  and  Georgia,  from  the 
situation  of  the  ranges  of  the  mountains,  the 
rivers  had  but  small  effect  on  the  surges  of  the 
ocean. 

The  Apalachian  and  Cumberland  ranges  of 
mountains,  running  nearly  in  the  same  direc- 
tion as  the  currents  flowed,  were  not  so  much 
exposed  to  their  fury  as  the  same  ridges  fur- 
ther to  the  north,  where  they  incline  to  the 
east,  and  present  their  sides  to  the  force  of 
the  waves. 

These  mountains  were  an  insuperable  bar- 
rier on  the  east,  to  the  immense  current  which 
rolled  down  the  vale  of  the  Mississippi.  When 
this  current  passed  the  southern  bounds  of  the 
Alleghany  mountains,  it  met  the  triumphant 
surges  of  the  Atlantic.     The  current  which 


109 

pushed  down  the  vale  of  the  Mississippi, 
turned  the  force  of  the  ocean  again  to  the  south 
and  south-east.  On  the  coast  of  Georgia  the 
waves  of  the  ocean  were  first  opposed  by  the 
flood  which  pressed  through  the  interior  of 
North  America;  and  there  the  coast,  which  is 
alluvial,  is  again  turned  to  the  south.  The  al- 
luvion of  East  Florida  was  formed  at  that  time; 
That  peninsula  lies  directly  between  the  two 
currents,  or  where  they  came  in  contact  with 
each  other,  and  where  the  most  soil  would  be 
deposited. 

The  West  India  islands,  being  situated  be- 
tween these  currents,  received  much  of  their 
luxuriant  soil  at  the  time  of  this  flood. 

But  the  states  bordering  on  the  Gulf  of  Mex- 
ico, were  most  affected  by  it,  and  even  they 
owe  most  of  their  formation  to  the  current 
which  rushed  down  the  vale  of  the  Missis- 
sippi. The  waters  of  the  gulf  w7ere  raised  to 
a  great  height  by  the  pressure  of  the  flood  in 
the  Atlantic.  When  they  were  attacked  by 
the  force,  which  rushed  down  from  the  north 
on  the  west  of  the  mountains,  the  vast  alluvinl 
deposits  wThich  form  the  greater  part  of  those 
states  were  made. 

In  the  alluvial  formations  north  of  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  various  remains  are  found,  which 
clearly  prove  that  that  branch  of  the  ocean 
10 


110 

once  extended  far  to  the  north  of  its  present 
bounds. 

In  Opelousas,  west  of  the  Mississippi,  a  hu- 
man scull  and  many  other  bones,  were  found  at 
the  depth  of  thirty  feet  below  the  surface  of 
the  earth.  The  bones  of  an  elephant  were 
found  in  the  same  place. 

These  bones  were  deposited  there  by  the 
returning  waves  of  the  deluge,  and  the  strata 
of  alluvion  were  spread  over  them  by  later  in- 
undations, more  particularly  by  that  which  we 
have  last  described. 

In  Alabama,  fifteen  or  twenty  feet  below  the 
surface,  is  a  stratum  where  wood  is  found  of 
various  kinds,  partially  decayed.  "Beneath 
this  and  a  concomitant  body  of  clay  and  soft 
lime-stone,  is  a  substance  resembling  the  grass 
on  the  margin  of  the  ocean,  and  accompanied 
by  numerous  marine  shells." 

Where  the  grass  and  marine  shells  are  de- 
posited, was  the  shore  of  the  ocean  before  the 
last  flood.  The  wood  felled  by  the  current 
from  the  north,  was  transported  to  the  south, 
till  it  met  the  waves  of  the  ocean,  and  then  was 
overwhelmed  and  covered  by  the  soil  which 
rushed  m  the  torrent  down  the  Mississippi, 

"Charcoal  and  ashes  were  found  fifty  feet 
below  the  surface,  near  Elkton,  at  the  head  of 
the  Chesapeake.     There  was  also  a  parcel  of 


Ill 

burned  brands,  or  species  of  wood,  charred  at 
one  end,  and  found  at  the  same  depth.  These 
were  birch  and  beech,  and  though  soft,  suffi- 
ciently to  be  ascertained  and  distinguished. — 
On  many  of  the  pieces  there  were  marks  of 
edged  tools,  and  of  their  being  split  by  human 
hands."  These  deposits  were  brought  to 
their  present  situation  by  the  waves  of  the 
general  deluge,  and  were  covered  by  the  de- 
bris which  the  surges  brought  from  the  moun- 
tains, as  they  rolled  back  from  their  first  im- 
pulse; and  they  were  still  secluded  deeper 
from  light,  by  the  alluvion  which  the  Susque- 
hannah  brought  upon  them  when  it  forced  a 
passage  through  the  mountains. 

These  deposits  may  have  been  the  effects  of 
the  inhabitants  who  peopled  this  part  of  the 
continent  previous  to  the  last  inundation,  which 
must  have  been  totally  destructive  to  all  who 
had  their  residence  in  vallies  or  on  the  plains. 

The  petrified  bones  of  a  whale  were  found 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Patuxent.  The  carcase 
of  this  animal  must  have  been  brought  by  the 
returning  waters  of  the  general  deluge. 

It  appears,  from  various  and  most  respectable 
sources,  that  in  Virginia,  and  other  of  the 
southern  states,  at  the  distance  of  an  hundred 
miles  from  the  ocean,  far  beneath  the  surface 
of  the  earth,  are  many  marine  deposits.     The 


112 

shells  of  fishes,  the  bones  of  sharks,  whales 
and  other  monsters  of  the  deep,  are  frequently 
brought  to  light  in  digging  ditches  and  sinking 
well  in  that  part  of  the  country.  These  were 
conveyed  there  by  the  waves,  when  they  re- 
turned from  completing  the  work  of  destruc- 
tion in  the  old  world. 

When  streams  descended  from  the  moun- 
tains, the  debris  was  thrown  over  these  vic- 
tims of  the  deluge.  When  the  inundation 
rushed  from  the  north,  these  remains  were  bu- 
ried still  deeper  from  the  light  of  heaven. 

In  the  stratum  of  coal  in  Rhode  island  is 
seen  a  mass  of  vegetable  productions,  trans- 
ported from  the  old  world  by  the  current, 
which  in  its  return  flowed  over  the  New  Eng- 
land states,  and  when  it  was  met  by  the  sur- 
ges of  the  ocean,  the  force  of  the  current  aba- 
ted, and  there  the  mass  of  vegetation  found  a 
residence.  The  last  flood  was  opposed  in  the 
same  place  in  a  similar  manner,  and  left  a  stra- 
tum of  alluvion  above  this  consolidated  mass  of 
vegetation.^ 

*  It  is  well  known  that  the  coal  mines  opened  in  our  country,  do 
not  afford  coal  so  pure,  or  free  of  earth,  as  those  in  the  eastern  conti- 
nent. The  cause,  from  our  theory,  is  obvious.  The  matter  compo- 
sing the  coal  brought  from  the  eastern  hemisphere,  was  more  exposed 
to  the  fury  of  the  waves  than  that  which  was  deposited  near  the  plains 
on  which  it  grew.  That  which  was  transported  here  in  waves  min- 
gled wan  sand  and  mould,  when  deposited  was  agitated  by  the  cur- 
rents, and  became  perforated  with  earthy  particles. 


113 

The  mines  of  coal  which  have  been  disco- 
vered near  Pittsburgh,  and  various  places 
along  the  Alleghany  range,  are  but  lightly  co- 
vered with  soil,  though  some  parts  of  the 
strata  dip  deep  in  the  mountains.  The  vege- 
tables, or  vegetable  mass  which  formed  these 
strata  of  coal,  was  brought,  as  has  been  ob- 
served, by  the  returning  current  of  the  deluge; 
and  many  of  these  deposits  were  fixed  so  high 
on  the  mountains,  as  not  to  be  affected  by  the 
subsequent  flood.*  Parts  of  the  mountains  on 
whose  sides  these  deposits  were  made,  have., 
by  the  decay  or  revolutions  of  ages,  been  un- 
dermined, and  they  have  fallen  on  the  strata  of 
vegetables  which  adhered  to  them. 

The  delightful  situation  of  our  Capitol,  at 
Washington,  is  as  instructive  to  an  inquiring 

*  Coal,  possessing  properties  so  different  from  what  is  discovered 
in  the  growth  of  vegetation  at  the  present  era,  will  doubtless  induce 
some  to  believe  that  it  is  not  formed  of  vegetables.  But  we  would  ob- 
serve, and  shall  attempt  to  prove,  that  there  have  been  great  and  es-  - 
sential  changes  in  the  climate  on  the  surface  of  our  sphere.  Thecon- 
stitution  and  form  of  the  various  species  of  the  brute  creation  have 
changed;  man  has  changed  in  many  respects,  and  vegetation  is  more 
immediately  affected  by  the  climate  than  any  of  the  animal  creation. 
Vegetation,  before  the  deluge  and  the  change  of  seasons,  possessed 
various  properties  which  it  does  not  now  possess.  Plants  and  trees 
of  the  torrid  zone,  are  very  different  from  those  of  the  temperate 
and  frigid,  and  when  there  was  no  variation  in  the  seasons,  it  must  be 
expected  that  vegetation  would  be  very  different  from  what  it  is  when 
subject  to  alternate  changes  from  cold  to  heat.  If  vegetation,  before 
the  deluge,  possessed  more  of  the  pitchy  substance  than  it  now  does, 
as  it  is  rational  to  suppose  it  did,  the  various  properties  of  the  coal  are 
easily  accounted  for. 

10* 


114 

mind,  as  we  trust  it  will  ever  be  eminent  for 
the  wisdom  and  piety  by  which  our  national 
concerns  are  conducted. 

"Capitol  Hill  is  more  than  eighty  feet  above 
tide-water.  Digging  has  shown  that  all  the 
strata  are  horizontal;  and  the  pebbles  and 
stones  mingled  with  the  sands,  are  rounded,  as 
if  rolled  by  water. 

"Under  this  mass  of  alluvial  materials,  or- 
ganic remains  exist.  They  lie  in  a  stratum  of 
muddy  clay.  Trunks  and  branches  of  trees 
are  found  in  abundance,  at  the  depth  of  fifty- 
four  feet  under  the  surface  of  Capitol  Hill; 
frequently  the  wood  is  black,  and  so  as  to  re- 
semble coal,  and  is  mingled  with  pyrites." 

The  base  on  which  the  above  mentioned  re- 
mains were  found,  was  the  surface  of  the 
ground  before  the  last  inundation.  The  fifty- 
four  feet  of  solid  earth  above  them,  was 
brought  by  the  accumulated  current  of  the  Po- 
tomac, when  it  forced  a  passage  through  the 
mountains,  and  was  opposed  by  the  waters  of 
the  Chesapeake,  and  those  which  rushed  down 
the  East  Branch  at  the  same  time,  and  which 
have  been  described. 

Alluvial  deposits  beneath  Philadelphia,  are 
similar  to  those  at  Washington,  and  were 
formed  by  the  same  cause.  New  York 
stands  on  similar  deposits,  and  all  sites  near 


115 

the  junction  of  large  rivers,  have  but  little  va- 
riation in  the  strata  on  which  they  rest. 

In  the  vale  of  the  Mississippi,  or  west  of  the 
Alleghany  mountains,  is  a  rich  and  extensive 
field  for  geological  inquiry. 

Far  beneath  the  surface,  below  many  strata 
of  alluvia,  have  been  discovered  the  bones  of 
the  human  race,  promiscuously  scattered 
where  once  was  the  surface  of  the  earth.  Re- 
mains of  various  lower  species  of  the  animal 
creation,  are  mingled  with  the  lords  of  this 
lower  world.  Nearer  the  surface,  are  likewise 
found  remains  of  man,  of  various  species  of 
the  brute  creation,  timber  in  an  entire  state, 
parts  of  chimnies,  and  various  utensils,  which 
were  designed  for  religious  or  domestic  use. 

The  lower  stratum  of  bones,  or  relics,  were 
brought  to  their  present  places  of  rest  by  the 
waters  of  the  deluge  as  we  have  noticed.  The 
upper  stratum  was  formed  by  the  recent  flood, 
which  w7e  have  attempted  to  explain.  That 
the  timber  or  trees  which  are  buried  in  allu- 
vion, were  buried  by  the  cause  which  over- 
threw them,  appears  evident  from  these  facts. 
They  have  bark,  leaves,  and  even  fruit  upon 
them.  Had  they  been  prostrated  by  a  tem- 
pest, and  lain  on  the  surface  of  the  earth  till 
covered  by  decayed  vegetables,  or  the  increase 
of  soil,  the  fruit,  leaves,  bark,  and  even  the 


116 

wood  itself  would  have  been  destroyed,  or 
worn  marks  of  decay.  The  subterranean  for- 
ests of  Europe,  were  swept  down  and  buried 
by  the  torrents  of  the  general  deluge;  the 
trees  in  America  which  are  found  entire,  were 
buried  by  a  similar,  though  a  subsequent 
cause. 

That  the  remains  of  chimnies,  and  various 
implements  which  have  been  brought  to  light 
by  the  washing  of  rivers,  and  by  digging,  were 
instantly  covered,  appears  from  many  facts. 
Had  they  not  been  instantly  covered,  they 
WTould  have  worn  more  marks  of  decay  than  are 
now  stamped  upon  them.  By  the  washing  of 
the  soil,  by  common  tempests,  many  centuries 
would  have  been  required  to  cover  some  re- 
mains, now  deeply  buried  in  our  country,  and 
even  the  remains  themselves  would  have  moul- 
dered away,  before  a  sufficiency  of  soil  could 
have  been  formed  to  cover  them. 

Many  rivers  once  flowed  in  our  country, 
which  do  not  now  appear,  nor  are  their  cour- 
ses to  be  traced  but  by  marks  here  and  there 
impressed  on  the  rocks,  which  must  have 
been  made  by  a  long  continuance  of  regular 
currents. 

We  have  stated  that  before  the  last  inunda- 
tion, many  rivers  flowed  from  the  north-west 
of  the  Alleghany,  into  an  ocean  which  covered 


117 

the  north-east  part  of  North  America.  The 
traces  of  these  rivers  are  discovered  in  many 
places  on  the  rocks  near  the  lakes. 

When  rents  were  made  through  the  moun- 
tains, and  by  alluvial  deposits  on  the  south  of 
the  lakes  the  surface  was  raised,  the  channels 
of  the  former  rivers  being  filled,  the  courses  of 
the  rivers  were  directed  to  the  southward. 

The  channels  of  the  Ohio,  and  its  numerous 
auxiliaries,  were  formed  after  the  late  inunda- 
tion, and  they  marked  their  courses  where  the 
least  obstructions  were  presented.  It  appears 
that  their  channels  have  not  long  existed,  by 
the  numerous  remains  that  are  seen  in  the 
sides  of  the  channels  their  waters  have  formed. 
The  majestic  Mississippi  commenced  his 
course  after  the  rich  alluvial  formations  were 
made  between  the  Alleghany  and  Stony  moun- 
tains. This  appears  in  the  whole  course  of 
the  channel  of  that  noble  river,  and  from  the 
situation  of  the  alluvial  deposits,  which  it  is 
evident  that  that  stream  has  recently  made. 
No  river  in  either  hemisphere,  has  its  alluvia 
deposited  like  the  Mississippi.* 

After  the  principal  alluvial  formations  were 
made  as  we  have  described,  and  the  grounds 
began  to  be  covered    with  vegetation,  when 

*  The  reader  is  referred  to  Dr.  H.  H.  Uayden's  ingenious  and  able 
publication  on  that  subject. 


118 

evaporation  and  rains  increased,  new  rivers 
began  to  flow.  Then  streams  entered  vallies, 
and  formed  lakes.  Other  rivers  wore  chan- 
nels to  the  same  reservoirs;  they  rose,  till 
overflowing  or  breaking  their  bounds  in  the 
lowest  or  most  tenable  places,  they  rushed  to 
the  ocean.  These  causes  have  produced  great 
changes  in  the  appearance  of  the  surface  of 
our  country. 

The  numerous  small  lakes  which  are  so 
delightful  in  the  north-west  part  of  the  state 
of  New  York,  are  formed  in  this  manner. 
These  lakes  were  once  more  extensive  than 
they  now  are.  As  the  streams  which  form  the 
out-lets  to  these  lakes  wore  their  channels 
deeper,  the  waters  of  the  lakes  would  decline; 
which  has  evidently  been  the  case  with  most 
of  the  small  lakes  in  our  country. 

Lake  Champlain  once  covered  lands  several 
hundred  feet  above  the  present  surface  of  its 
waters.  It  continued  to  rise,  till  overflowing 
its  bounds  to  the  north,  it  found  a  passage  to 
the  river  St.  Lawrence;  and  as  the  channel  of 
the  Sorel  was  deepened,  the  lake  lowered  to 
its  present  bounds. 

Our  limits  will  not  permit  us  to  describe 
more  places  which  bear  evident  marks  of  the 
revolution  we  have  mentioned.  In  almost 
every  part  of  our  country,  abundance  of  such 


119 

marks  at»e  to  be  found.  The  sides  of  our 
mountains,  the  beds  of  our  lakes,  the  channels 
of  our  rivers,  the  plains  and  vallies,  rocks  and 
precipices,  and  even  the  stones  and  pebbles  in 
language  which  cannot  be  doubted,  nor  mis- 
construed,  all  testify  of  this  catastrophe. 

All  the  Indians  in  North  America  have  a 
tradition  of  a  flood  which  they  say  "overflow- 
ed the  lands  and  drowned  the  whole  world, 
except  the  highest  mountains.  To  these  re- 
treats some  Indians  fled  and  were  saved  from 
the  raging  floods."  Might  not  this  with  more 
propriety  be  referred  to  the  flood  just  described 
than  to  the  one  in  which  all  flesh  suffered,  and 
from  which  none  but  Noah  and  his  family  es- 
caped? 

The  query  may  arise,  "when  did  this  catas- 
trophe happen?"  We  have  no  data  from 
wThich  we  can  decide  in  what  year  or  century 
this  great  revolution  took  place.  But  would 
it  be  inconsistent  to  suppose,  that  when  the 
sun  was  darkened,  when  the  rocks  were  cleft, 
when  the  veil  of  the  temple  was  rent  in  twain, 
when  the  astonished  heathen  philosopher  ex- 
claimed, "The  world  is  coming  to  an  end,  or 
the  God  of  Nature  suffers."  When  the  Son 
of  Righteousness  was  crucified,  would  it  be  in- 
consistent to  suppose,   that  at   that  eventful 


ISO 

crisis,  when  fear  and  consternation  pervaded 
the  world,  that  this  great  event  occurred? 

PROOF  XVII. 

Of  the  Prairies  of  North  America* 

Most  of  the  extensive  flats  or  meadows  in 
our  country,  west  of  the  Alleghany  mountains, 
were  formed  by  the  flood  from  the  north. — 
T<iese  natural  meadows  are,  in  general,  desti- 
tute of  every  species  of  vegetation  except 
grass.  In  some  of  them  are  elevations  of  land, 
which  are  covered  by  a  heavy  growth  of  tim- 
ber. 

Some  of  the  prairies,  or  meadows,  may 
have  been  divested  of  timber  by  fires,  which 
have  been  frequently  put  to  them;  but  those 
which  have  rises  of  timber-lands  in  them, 
could  not  have  been  formed  by  fire;  for  the 
higher  lands  would  have  been  as  much  ex- 
posed to  the  fury  of  that  element  as  the  lovver 
surface,  and  all  the  timber  on  the  elevations 
would  have  been  destroyed. 

Most  of  the  prairies  are  of  alluvial  forma- 
tions. This  appears  from  the  many  animal 
and  vegetable  remains  which  have  been  found 
far  below  their  surface.  Below  a  thick  stra- 
tum of  vegetable  mould,  sand,  gravel,  and 
rounded  pebbles  are  found,  which  proves  that 


121 

lakes,  or  arms  of  a  sea  or  ocean,  once  rested 
there. 

The  basins  of  these  lakes  were  formed  when 
the  country  was  overflowed  from  the  north.— 
In  many  places,  by  the  projections  of  the 
mountains,  or  by  counter  currents,  eddies  to 
a  great  extent  were  formed.  By  the  constant 
whirls  of  the  waters,  the  surface  of  the 
ground  became  excavated;  so  that  when  the 
floods  subsided,  lakes  remained  in  these  ba- 
sins. The  elevations  now  covered  by  trees, 
were  islands  in  these  lakes.  As  the  lands  be- 
came covered  with  vegetation,  and  streams 
began  to  flow,  some  of  which  were  channels  to 
the  small  lakes,  the  waters  rose,  and  overflow- 
ing their  bounds,  formed  channels,  which  have 
drained  off  the  waters  from  the  basins,  which 
now  are  enriched  by  a  thick  vegetable  mould, 
which  was  deposited  there  by  the  streams 
which  previously  flowed  into  them.  They  re- 
mained  lakes  so  long,  that  all  the  seeds  of  ve- 
getation, which  had  been  transported  to  them 
had  decayed.  The  seeds  of  various  grasses 
first  took  root  in  them,  and  grew  so  luxuriant, 
that  the  seeds  which  subsequently  were  borne 
there  received  no  growth. 

The  largest  prairies  in  North  America,  are 
west  of  the  Mississippi.     There  mure  exten- 
sive eddies  would  have  been  produced.     The 
11 


123 

Stoiiy  mountains  were  the  western  barrier  to  the 
flood.  Where  ridges  of  that  range  projected 
to  the  east,  on  the  south  would  be  an  eddy; 
and  in  such  situations  the  prairies  are  found, 
and  extend  in  proportion  to  the  projection  of 
the  mountain. 

In  this  manner  the  lower  prairies  were  form- 
ed. They  became  covered  with  grass.  This 
grass,  when  dry  and  fired,  is  so  powerful  a 
combustion,  that  nothing  can  resist  the  confla- 
gration. These  flames,  in  many  of  the  prai- 
ries, have,  by  destroying  the  timber  on  higher 
lands,  produced  a  secondary  kind,  more  eleva- 
ted, not  so  level,  nor  of  so  rich  a  mould,  and 
the  alluvial  strata  of  which  they  are  formed, 
are  variously  inclined,  and  differing  much  from 
the  strata  of  the  prairies  formed  in  the  basins 
of  lakes. 

The  extensive  open  plains,  called  Pampas^ 
in  South  America,  are  flats,  from  which  the 
waters  retired  at  the  recession  of  the  ocean,  or 
where  the  bottom  of  the  deep  was  raised  un- 
broken. These  plains  are  so  impregnated  with 
saline  particles,  that  no  vegetables,  except  a 
kind  of  marine  grass,  grows  upon  them. 

These  Pampas  are  so  level,  that  there  are 
no  streams  to  bear  away  the  salt  particles,  and 
their  situations  are  so  far  from  the  mountains, 
that  no  soil  nor  debris  is  transported  to  them 


123 

by  storms  and  tempests;  and  not  having  been 
inundated  since  the  waters  retired,  no  alluvion 
has  covered  them.  They  have  remained  cen- 
tury after  century,  enriched  by  the  decay  of 
their  own  productions. 

The  late  flood  from  the  north,  being  ob- 
structed by  the  ocean  which  flowed  into,  and 
filled  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  did  not  affect  the 
south  part  of  America  in  any  great  degree. 
The  waters  were  propelled  to  the  northern 
provinces  of  South  America,  and  alluvial  de- 
posits were  made  there;  but  the  more  southern 
parts  experienced  no  other  effects,  or  none 
greater  than  a  small  subsidence  of  the  waters, 
when  they  retired  to  the  caverns  beneath  the 
newly  formed  section  of  our  continent. 

PROOF  XVIIL 

Of  the  saltness  of  the  Ocean,  and  of  many 
Lakes. 

The  saltness  of  the  ocean,  and  the  situation 
of  the  salt  lakes,  will  prove  the  correctness  of 
our  theory. 

When  our  world  was  moulded  to  a  sphere, 
the  saline  particles  were  equally  diffused 
through  the  whole  mass  of  matter  composing 
our  world.  The  ocean  was  then  less  salt  than  it 
now  is.     When  the  lands  were  elevated,  and 


124 

the  streams  began  to  flow,  the  particles  of  salt 
were  washed  from  the  soil,  and  from  vegeta. 
tion,  and  conveyed  to  the  ocean,  or  to  some 
other  reservoir. 

The  aqueous  particles  were  raised  by  eva- 
poration, and  the  salt  remained  where  it  had 
been  deposited.  By  this  process  of  nature, 
the  ocean  has  constantly  been  growing  Salter. 

The  truth  of  this  will  appear,  when  we  ex- 
amine the  situation  of  the  lakes,  whose  waters 
are  impregnated  with  salt. 

We  have  no  account  of  any  lake  on  either 
continent,  or  on  any  island,  into  which  rivers 
flow,  and  from  which  there  is  no  channel  to 
convey  the  waters  to  other  reservoirs,  but  what 
is  salt;  and  we  know  not  a  collection  of  water, 
which  has  streams  flowing  from  it,  that  is  so 
impregnated  with  salt  as  to  render  it  percepti- 
ble to  the  taste,  or  visible  in  a  chymical  opera- 
tion. We  except  in  this,  the  lakes  and  ponds, 
which  have  the  saline  particles  mingled  with 
their  waters  by  springs  which  have  filtrated 
through  mines  of  salt. 

On  both  hemispheres  are  lakes  which  have 
no  outlets,  situated  in  the  same  latitude  as 
those  which  have  streams  flowing  from  them; 
and  though  in  the  same  soil,  yet  the  former  are 
uniformly  salt,  and  the  latter  fresh. 


125 

When  a  quantity  of  water  flows  into  a  valley 
surrounded  by  hills,  and  if  it  does  not  evapo- 
rate as  fast  as  it  flows  into  the  depression,  it 
must  in  time  overflow  its  bounds  and  rush  to 
the  ocean.  If  at  certain  seasons  more  evapo- 
rates than  flows  into  the  valley  at  the  same  sea- 
son, the  valley  becomes  dry,  and  is  covered 
with  water  when  more  waters  flow  in  the  ri- 
vers than  the  heat  of  the  sun  raises  in  vapour. 
Such  are  the  morasses  which  are  wet  in  the 
spring  and  autumn,  and  are  dry  in  the  sunir 
mer;  and,  it  is  only  in  these  depressions  in 
which  waters  conveyed  by  streams  are  equal  to 
the  evaporation  that  lakes  and  seas  without  out- 
lets exist.  This  is  the  situation  of  the  Caspian^ 
and  Aral  seas,  of  lake  Moravi,  lake  Nor,  and 
several  others  in  the  old  world,  and  of  lake 
Titticaca,  Salt  lake,  one  of  the  lakes  in  the 
city  of  Mexico,  and  several  more  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  our  continent.  These  lakes  and 
seas  having  no  streams  issuing  from  them,  re- 
tain the  salt  which  is  brought  to  them  by  rivers 
and  torrents. 

But,  in  North  America,  or  in  that  part  of 
it  which  was  washed  by  the  last  mentioned  in- 
undation, not  a  solitary  lake  of  the  above  de- 
scription exists,  while  in  South  America,  and 
on  the  eastern  continent  they  are  numerous. 
The  basins  of  lakes  and  seas  in  the  old  world, 
11* 


126 

were  formed  by  the  flood  as  has  been  observ- 
ed, and  where  there  is  one  whose  situation  and 
surface  are  such,  that  an  equilibrium  is  form- 
ed between  the  received  waters,  and  emitted 
vapour,  there  salt  water  is  found;  but,  in  that 
part  of  North  America  which  experienced  a  se- 
cond inundation,  the  floods  filled  the  beds  of 
lakes,  and  burst  a  passage  for  their  future  col- 
lection of  water  to  roll  to  the  ocean.  In  South 
America  no  second  flood  has  prevailed,  to  form 
channels  for  the  lakes  to  discharge  their  wa- 
ters, and  there  they  remain  accumulating  salt, 
in  the  same  manner  as  those  in  the  old  world.** 

PROOF  XIX. 

Change  of  Climate,  8{c. 

As  testimony  in  favour  of  our  system,  we 
introduce  the  change  in  the  temperature  of  cli- 
mate in  the  old  world,  since  records  have  been 
kept. 

That  the  climate  on  the  eastern  continent, 
or  in  Turkey,  Arabia,  Italy,  France,  England, 
and  Germany,  is  warmer  now  than  it  was  se- 

*  Mexico  was  but  little  affected  by  the  late  flood,  from  the  same 
causes  as  South  America,  and  in  Mexico  are  salt  lakes.  The  two  lakes 
in  the  city  of  Mexico,  prove  as  far  as  the  subject  will  admit,  that 
salt  lakes  are  formed  in  the  manner  we  ha\e  stated.  The  upper  lake 
in  Mexico  is  fresh,  a  stream  flows  from  that  to  another,  which  has 
no  outlet,  the  former  is  fresh,  the  latter  is  salt 


127 

veral  centuries  ago,  appears  evident  from  many 
authentic  accounts. 

The  author  of  the  book  of  Job,  who  proba- 
bly was  Moses,  wrote  upwards  of  thirty- three 
centuries  ago.  Th£  country  in  which  he  wrote, 
was  Midia,  at  the  east  end  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean sea,  in  north  latitude  thirty  degrees.  In 
describing  the  cold,  the  author  observes,  "Hast 
thou  entered  into  the  treasures  of  the  snow? 
or  hast  thou  seen  the  treasures  of  hail?  Out  of 
whose  womb  came  the  ice,  and  the  hoarfrost  of 
heaven  who  has  engendered  it?  The  waters 
are  hid  as  with  a  stone,  and  the  face  of  the 
deep  is  frozen  P 

The  seasons  then  in  that  country  must  have 
been  much  more  severe  than  they  now  are;  for 
in  that  place  for  several  centuries,  there  has 
been  no  ice,  frost,  nor  snow. 

The  degrees  of  heat  in  Farenheit's  thermo- 
meter, in  which  large  bodies  of  water  are  froz- 
en, is  about  twenty-five  degrees,  and  this  is  to 
continue  many  days.  Therefore,  in  the  land 
of  Midia  in  the  days  of  Moses,  the  extreme 
of  cold  must  have  been  about  twenty-five  de- 
grees. 

David,  about  four  centuries  after  Moses, 
gives  us  a  description  of  what  he  considers  as  a 
cold  winter:  "He  giveth  snow  like  wool.  He 
scatter eth  the  hoarfrost  like  ashes.     He  casU 


128 

eth  forth  ice  like  morsels.     Who  can  stand 
before  his  cold?" 

This  the  poet  describes  as  the  extreme  of 
cold  in  this  warm  climate.  At  thirty-one  de. 
grees  of  Farenheit's  thermometer  such  effects 
are  produced.  Hence,  in  four  centuries,  there 
was  a  difference  of  six  degrees  in  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  climate  in  that  country,  in  the  ex- 
treme of  winter.  Now,  in  Palestine,  or  Mi- 
dia,  the  climate  is  so  warm  that  neither  snow 
nor  ice  is  known. 

From  meteorological  observations  made  in 
countries  of  about  the  same  temperature  as  Pa- 
lestine, as  in  Cairo  in  Egypt,  the  mean  tem- 
perature of  the  severest  week  is  forty-nine  de- 
grees, which  mftkes  a  variation  in  the  tempe- 
rature from  the  days  of  Moses  to  the  present 
time,  twenty-four  degrees. 

The  climate  in  Italy  is  found  to  be  very  dif- 
ferent now,  from  what  it  was  eighteen  centu- 
ries ago.  Virgil  informs  us,  that  the  rivers 
were  frozen  over,  as  an  event  which  was  com- 
monly to  be  expected.  The  place  where  Vir- 
gil wrote,  was  in  forty-one  degrees  north  lati- 
tude. Pliny,  Juvenal,  and  Aelian,  speak  of 
snow  and  ice  as  being  common.  Now,  no 
ice  is  seen  in  the  rivers  of  Italy,  and  where 
snows  usually  fell,  no  frost  is  known. 


129 

A  similar  change  has  taken  place  in  the 
north  part  of  Turkey.  At  Constantinople,  and 
round  the  Black  sea,  the  change  in  the  tem- 
perature of  the  climate  has  been  as  great  as  in 
Italy.  Ovid  informs  us,  that  he  saw  the  Black 
sea  frozen  over,  that  he  walked  upon  it,  and 
that  oxen  and  carriages  passed  over  it.  Tourne- 
fit  informs  us,  that  in  the  days  of  Constantine, 
the  straits  of  Bizantium  were  frozen  over,  and 
that  in  401  the  Black  sea  was  covered  for 
twenty  days  together.  In  lf>07,  the  Turks 
were  astonished  to  see  some  ice  at  Constanti- 
nople. At  the  present  time,  nothing  of  the 
kind  is  known  in  that  part  of  the  world. 

The  same  alteration  has  been  observed  in 
the  Alps,  in  Switzerland,  France,  and  Ger- 
many The  passage  of  the  Alps  by  Hannibal, 
which  filled  the  astonished  world  with  admira- 
tion, is  now  in  the  midst  of  winter  a  journey 
attended  with  but  few  inconveniencies  on  ac- 
count of  the  severity  of  the  weather.  The 
troops  of  Julius  Csesar  nearly  perished  by  the 
cold  in  Gaul,  where  now  no  frost  nor  snow  is 
seen. 

Diodorus  Siculus  says,  "That  the  Rhine, 
and  Rhone  were  frozen,"  and  we  have  many 
other  accounts  which  leave  no  doubt  but  the 
climate  in  the  south  and  south-east  parts  of 
Europe,  south-west  part  of  Asia,  and  north 


130 

part  of  Africa,  is  seventeen  or  eighteen  de- 
grees warmer  now  than  eighteen  centuries 
ago* 

In  Africa  are  many  channels  of  rivers  en- 
tirely dry,  in  which  majestic  streams  formerly 
rolled  to  the  ocean.  In  Asia,  rivers  are  re- 
ported to  have  sunk  into  channels  far  less  than 
t'sey  formerly  filled.  And,  in  both  Africa  and 
Asia,  where  once  wrere  extensive  luxuriant 
fields,  are  now  parched,  barren  deserts,  over 
which  roll  oceans  of  sand. 

That  the  deserts  have  extended  their  bounds 
on  the  eastern  continent,  is  evident.  Palmyra 
was  situated  in  a  fertile  valley,  though  sur- 
rounded by  barren  sands.  Carthage  had 
her  verdant  meadows,  pleasant  groves,  and 
fertile  fields;  and,  where  are  they?  They  are 
buried  beneath  heaps  of  burning  sands.  Her 
fountains,  her  aqueducts  and  harbours,  have 
been  filled  and  buried  by  the  tempests  of 
sand  which  rolled  from  the  desert.  Mo- 
dern discoveries  have  opened  to  light  the 
remains  of  magnificent  cities  to  the  west  of 
Egypt,  over  which  for  centuries  the  camel  and 
dromedary  have  travelled,  guided  by  the  com- 
pass, as  nothing  of  an  earthly  nature,  but  an 

*  For  the  above  ideas  and  many  more  which  clearly  prove  that  a 
change  in  the  temperature  of  climate  has  taken  place  on  the  eastern 
continent,  the  reader  is  referred  to  Dr.  S.  Williams's  notes  on  that 
phenomenon. 


181 

ocean  of  sand  meets  the  longing  eye.  There 
must  be  a  cause  for  these  wonderful  changes. 
Why  have  these  sections  of  the  world  become 
warmer?  It  will  be  replied,  "because  the  de- 
serts have  become  larger/'  and  why  have  the 
deserts  become  larger,  burst  their  ancient 
bounds,  and  involved  in  their  desolate  bosoms, 
magnificent  cities,  and  renowned  monuments  of 
antiquity?  Will  it  not  be  answered,  that  God 
has  brought  these  judgments  upon  those  na- 
tions for  their  iniquity?  It  is  not  denied.  But 
our  object  is  to  develope  the  means  which  the 
great  Arbiter  of  universal  nature  employed  to 
punish  rebellious  man. 

It  is  evident,  that  the  extension  of  the  de- 
serts would  increase  the  heat  of  the  climates  of 
nations  bordering  on  them.  To  account  for 
the  deserts  extending  their  bounds,  will  be  un- 
folding the  cause  of  the  climate  of  nations  be- 
coining  warmer. 

To  account  for  this  phenomenon,  on  ration- 
al and  philosophical  principles,  the  mind  must 
be  engaged  a  few  minutes  in  reflecting  on  the 
situation  of  the  mountains,  seas,  and  deserts, 
on  the  eastern  continent,  and  likewise  referred 
to  some  of  the  properties  and  motions  of  the 
atmosphere. 


132 

Of  the  situation  of  the  Mountains,  Seas,  and 
Deserts,  on  the  eastern  hemisphere. 

The  principal  mountains  of  Africa  lie  in  the 
following  direction.  The  mountains  of  the 
moon,  run  nearly  from  east  to  west  through 
the  centre  of  Africa. 

The  snowy  mountains  branch  from  the  east 
end  of  the  mountains  of  the  moon,  and  run  to 
the  south-west  near  the  south-east  coast  of 
Africa  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  The  Ly- 
bian  mountains  branch  from  the  same  end  of 
the  mountains  of  the  moon,  and  run  inclining 
to  the  west  of  north  between  the  Red  sea  and 
the  river  Nile.  The  Tibessi  mountains  run, 
from  east  to  west  between  the  Nile  and  the  de- 
sert of  Sahara.  Mount  Atlas  extends  from 
north  of  east  to  south  of  west,  to  the  north  of 
the  desert  through  the  Barbary  states. 

The  mountains  of  Asia  which  we  shall  no- 
tice, are  the  low  ranges  near  the  centre  of  Ara- 
bia; the  Gaut  mountains  on  the  west  coast  of 
the  peninsula  of  Hindostan,  running  from  south 
to  north.  The  ranges  of  Tartary  running 
from  east  to  west,  Caucasus  and  Taurus,  be- 
tween the  Caspian  and  Black  seas. 

In  Europe,  the  Alps,  the  Pyrenees,  and  Car- 
pathian will   demand   our  attention.      Many 


1$S 

others  in  those  three  quarters  of  the  globe, 
would  require  attention  to  give  a  more  minute 
description  of  their  effects  on  the  winds,  than 
our  present  limits  afford. 

In  Persia  are  few  mountains  or  rivers,  but 
many  deserts.  In  the  south  part  of  Arabia  the 
soil  is  fertile;  north  of  the  mountains,  it  is  parch- 
ed and  desert.  From  but  little  west  of  Egypt 
to  the  Atlantic,  between  the  mountains  of  the 
moon,  and  Atlas,  Africa  is  a  desert. 

Of  the  Properties  and  Motions  of  the  Atmos- 
phere. 

The  atmosphere  is  a  fluid  resembling  water, 
except  in  density;  being  much  lighter,  it 
floats  above  it,  and  presses  like  water  in  every 
direction  on  the  surface  of  bodies.  This  fluid  in 
depth,  is  upwards  of  forty  miles,  or  extends  to 
that  height  from  the  surface  of  the  earth.  The 
atmosphere  becomes  lighter  as  we  ascend;  from 
pressure  being  lighter  in  all  other  parts  than 
on  the  surface  of  the  earth.  A  body  lighter 
than  a  fluid,  will  rise  and  float  on  the  surface. 
A  body  in  a  fluid  of  different  density  in  vari- 
ous sections,  will  rise  to  the  section  which  is 
of  the  same  density  as  itself,  and  there  will  be 
supported.  This  is  the  state  of  the  clouds;  the 
atmosphere  below  them  being  denser  than 
they,  and  above  lighter,  the  vapours  forming  the 
12 


134 

Clouds  are  supported  and  are  borne  as  the  cur- 
rents in  the  fluids  incline.  Water  by  heat  is 
decomposed,  that  the  aqueous  particles  become 
of  less  density  than  the  atmosphere,  and  they 
rise  to  regions  where  an  equilibrium  is  formed. 
There,  when  two  particles  are  united,  the  one 
that  is  formed  is  of  greater  weight  than  the  at- 
mosphere and  descends,  uniting  with  others 
which  are  ascending,  reaches  the  earth  in  a 
drop  of  rain,  in  extent  in  proportion  to  the  dis- 
tance it  has  fallen,  and  to  the  number  of  par- 
ticles which  have  united  to  it. 

Every  particle  of  matter  composing  a  fluid, 
is  a  sphere,  a  form,  which  contains  the  most 
matter  with  the  least  surface.  A  sphere  di- 
vided into  two,  presents  more  surface  than 
when  in  one.  Hence,  as  heat  separates  parti- 
cles of  matter,  the  quantity  of  matter  decreas- 
ing faster  than  the  surface,  and  the  atmosphere 
pressing  on  every  part  of  the  surface,  they  rise 
and  form  clouds.  The  particles  composing  the 
atmosphere  are  alike  affected  by  heat,  ascend- 
ing when  warmed,  and  descending  when  cold. 

The  winds  or  currents  in  the  atmosphere, 
are  similar  to  those  in  the  water.  They  flow  to 
warmer  regions  when  unobstructed,  as  water 
descends  an  inclined  plain.  There  are  often 
counter-currents  in  the  atmosphere,  as  ap- 
pears by  clouds  moving  in  opposite  directions. 

The  currents  in  the  atmosphere  are  obstruct- 


135 

ed  by  continents,  islands,  and  mountains,  and 
made  to  flow  in  various  directions  from  their 
natural  course;  as  the  current  of  a  river  is 
turned  by  a  projecting  rock,  or  by  winding 
banks.  This  appears  evident  from  the  courses 
of  the  periodical  winds  in  many  parts  of  the 
world. 

On  the  equator  in  the  ocean,  the  uniform  cur- 
rent of  air  is  from  east  to  west,  following  the 
course  of  the  sun.  When  the  sun  is  north  of 
the  equator,  the  air  near  the  northern  tropic 
flows  to  the  south-west,  and  near  the  southern 
tropic  to  the  north-west.  This  is  invariably 
the  case  where  the  currents  are  not  obstructed 
by  land.  But  where  continents,  &c.  oppose, 
the  air  is  turned  from  a  direct  line  in  propor- 
tion to  the  direction  of  the  coast  or  mountains 
which  oppose.  The  current  is  turned  as  light 
is  reflected,  the  angle  of  incidence  being  equal 
to  the  angle  of  reflection. 

Hence  wTe  find,  that  in  the  sea  of  Arabia, 
when  the  sun  is  south  of  the  equator,  the  winds 
blow  to  the  south-west,  are  turned  more  to 
the  south  by  the  coast  of  Africa,  and  passing 
round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  occasion  those 
heavy  storms  so  often  destructive  to  mariners. 
But,  when  the  sun  is  north  of  the  equator,  the 
current  instead  of  moving  to  the  north-west  in 
its  natural  course,  is  turned  to  the  north-east- 


136 

In  like  manner  the  winds  prevail  in  the  sea  of 
Bengal,  in  the  Mosambique  channel,  and  in 
various  other  bays,  gulfs,  and  seas. 

While  the  lower  sections  of  the  atmosphere 
are  obstructed  and  turned,  aside  by  coasts  and 
mountains,  the  higher  sections  pass  over  the 
barriers  uninterrupted.  Hence,  we  often  see 
the  clouds  moving  along,  parallel  to  the  moun- 
tains, while  the  lighter  ones  pass  in  a  differ- 
ent direction,  far  above  their  summits. 

The  lower  section  of  the  atmosphere  which 
passes  along  the  torrid  zone  to  the  west  over 
the  Indian  ocean,  is  obstructed  by  Africa; 
Cape  Gardafui  is  the  point  which  divides  the 
current.  Part  flows  to  the  north,  and  part  to 
the  south-west.  That  which  is  turned  to  the 
north,  has  the  Lybian  mountains  for  a  barrier 
on  the  west,  and  the  Gaut  mountains  on  the 
east.  This  current  passes  over  Persia  and 
Arabia,  and  Turkey  in  Asia.  The  lower  sec- 
tion of  that  which  passes  over  Arabia,  is  ob- 
structed by  the  mountains  extending  across 
Arabia,  from  near  the  Red  sea  to  the  Persian 
gulf.  Here  the  vapours  contained  in  the  ob- 
structed section  pressed  by  succeeding  ones, 
and  urged  against  each  other,  condense  and 
fall  in  showers.  Hence,  the  south  part  of  Ara- 
bia is  plentifully  supplied  with  rain,  which 
gives  such  fertility  to  the  soil,   and  luxuriant 


137 

growth  to  vegetation,  that  the  country,  is 
rightly  denominated  Felix.  The  part  of  the 
current  which  passes  above  the  mountains, 
and  flows  over  Persia  unopposed,  and  warm 
from  the  torid  zone,  receives  the  evaporation 
of  Persia,  and  of  the  north  part  of  Arabia,  and 
bears  it  to  the  north.  Hence,  the  evaporation 
being  borne  away,  vegetation  languishes,  the 
soil  becomes  parched,  and  the  deserts  are 
formed.  Hence,  the  north  part  of  Arabia  has 
received  on  account  of  its  barrenness,  the  just 
appellation  of  Veserta.  This  current  moves 
to  the  north  and  north-west,  till  it  reaches  the 
mountains  of  Tartary,  Taurus,  and  Caucasus; 
here  on  account  of  the  height  of  the  mountains, 
it  is  more  fully  obstructed,  and  discharges  most 
of  its  stores;  which  supply  the  rivers  Eu- 
phrates, Tigris,  Gihon,  Sihon,  &c. 

Hence,  we  have  a  cause  for  the  scarcity  of 
rivers  in  Persia  and  Arabia,  and  for  there 
being  no  auxiliary  streams  to  the  Tigris  and 
Euphrates. 

The  current  is  turned  by  the  last  mentioned 
mountains  to  the  west;  part  of  the  current 
which  flows  over  Arabia,  when  it  reaches  the 
north  extremity  of  its  western  barrier,  the  Li* 
bian  mountains,  rushes  to  the  west  over  the 
northern  part  of  Africa,  sweeping  off  the  eva- 
poration of  those  ill-fated  lands. 
12* 


138 

Hence,  we  have  a  cause  for  there  being  rain 
so  seMom  in  E^ypt,  and  the  same  cause  which 
produced  deserts  in  Arabia  and  Persia,  occa- 
sioned those  in  Africa,  and  continues  the  ope- 
ration, and  to  the  present  time  extends  the 
bounds  of  the  deserts. 

Hence  we  have  a  cause  for  the  rivers  di- 
minishing and  becoming  dry  in  Africa  Be- 
fore vegetation  ceased  to  grow,  when  more 
rains  descended,  rivers  were  supplied  in  abun- 
dance, but  as  the  vapours  were  borne  away, 
the  rivers  diminished,  till  now  the  wearv  tra- 
veller  searches  in  vain  their  extensive  chan- 
nels to  quench  his  raging  thirst. 

Part  of  the  current  passes  over  the  Medi- 
terranean Sea,  Turkey  in  Europe,  Italy, 
France,  Spain,  Portugal,  Germany,  Nether- 
lands, Denmark,  England,  &c.  to  the  Atlan- 
tic ocean;  some  parts  of  it  are  obstructed  by 
the  Carpathian  mountains,  the  Alps,  and  Py- 
renees, and  the  condensation  of  the  vapours 
against  their  sides  and  summits,  supplies  the 
rivers  which  rise  and  flow  from  their  bases. 

As  this  current  passes  over  countries  and  re- 
ceives the  tribute  of  every  land,  it  becomes 
so  laden  with  moisture,  that  it  begins  to  dis- 
charge its  burthen,  before  it  reaches  the  At- 
lantic ocean.  The  evaporation  of  Asia  is 
poured   out    upon  France,  Spain,  Germany, 


139 

&c.  The  current  becomes  cooler,  both  from 
its  moving  from  the  torrid  zone,  and  from 
the  vapours  with  which  it  is  loaded,  that  it 
does  not  receive  so  much  evaporation  from  the 
western  as  from  the  eastern  kingdoms. 

Hence  we  have  a  cause  for  its  being  warmer 
in  Persia,  and  the  north  part  of  Arabia,  than 
in  the  Turkeys,  warmer  in  Turkey  than  in 
Italy,  warmer  in  Italy  than  in  France,  &c. 
Hence  wTe  have  a  cause  of  there  being  more 
rains  in  Europe,  than  in  the  south-west  part 
of  Asia;  and  more  in  the  south-west  parts  of 
Europe,  than  in  the  south-east.  There  are 
more  rivers  in  Turkey  in  Europe  than  in  Tur- 
key in  Asia,  more  in  France  than  in  Turkey 
in  Europe,  and  more  in  Spain  than  in  France. 
The  above  described  currents  coming  from  the 
torrid  zone,  and  flowing  over  the  most  of  Eu- 
rope, render  the  climate  more  temperate  and 
mild  there,  than  on  our  continent,  in  the  same 
latitude.  The  current  when  it  arrives  at 
England,  uniting  with  the  cooler  air  over  the 
ocean,  forms  the  fogs  which  are  so  prevalent 
in  that  kingdom,  in  Holland,  &c. 

That  current  which  passes  over  Africa, 
meeting  with  no  mountains  running  from  south 
to  north  to  obstruct  its  course,  bears  off  more 
vapours  from  that  quarter  of  the  world,  than  is 
Garried   from   Europe.      Atlas   gathers    light 


140 

stores,  which  supply  a  few  small  rivers  in 
Morocco,  and  renders  that  part  of  the  conti- 
nent cooler  than  to  the  east,  in  the  same  lati- 
tude. South  of  Atlas,  there  is  no  range  of  moun- 
tains till  we  arrive  at  the  mountains  of  the 
moon,  that  the  current  meets  with  no  obstruc- 
tion in  passing  the  desert.  When  the  sun  is 
nearly  vertical  to  the  mountains  of  the  moon, 
or  south  of  them,  the  south  part  of  the  current 
which  inclines  to  the  south-west  strikes  oblique- 
ly against  the  sides,  and  discharges  its  stores 
to  supply  the  Niger,  Senegal,  and  Gambia,  the 
rises  of  which  rivers  are  periodical.  When 
the  current  which  passes  Africa  arrives  at 
the  Atlantic,  and  mingles  with  the  cooler  va- 
pours, fogs  are  formed  as  on  the  west  of  Eu- 
rope; and  those  heavy  storms  are  produced 
when  they  spend  their  fury  on  the  waves 
of  the  Atlantic.  Here  the  winds  vary,  but 
without  refreshing  thirsty  and  parched  Af- 
rica. When  the  sun  has  set,  the  atmosphere 
over  the  desert  is  rarer  than  over  the  ocean, 
the  cold  air  of  the  ocean  rushes  to  supply  the 
place  of  the  rarer,  by  the  heat  of  the  burning 
sands  it  rarifies  and  ascends,  and  is  urged  by 
the  regular  currents  in  the  high  regions  again 
to  the  west.  These  currents  often  prove  de- 
structive to  vessels  near  the  west  coast  of  Af- 
rica; when  enveloped  in  the  thick  fog,  they  are 


141 

dashed  on  the  inhospitable  shores.  These  cur- 
rents, which  we  have  attempted  to  describe, 
we  conceive  are  the  cause  of  the  deserts  ex- 
tending their  bounds.  The  currents  bear  off 
the  evaporation  from  the  countries  over  which 
they  pass,  with  the  least  obstructions,  and  dis- 
charge their  stores  on  lands  adjacent  to  moun- 
tains. As  the  deserts  extend,  the  neighbour- 
ing  kingdoms  become  warmer,  both  from  the 
dryness  of  the  atmosphere,  and  from  the  heat 
it  receives  from  the  burning  sands.  Hence  we 
have  the  cause  of  the  eastern  continent  being 
warmer  now  than  three  thousand  years  ago; 
and  the  cause  why  Midia  became  warmer 
before  the  more  western  countries. 

Thus  we  account  for  the  cause  of  deserts 
encroaching  upon,  and  even  covering  the  sites 
of  renowned  cities,  and  famed  monuments  of 
antiquity. 

Could  the  remains  of  superb  cities,  for  cen- 
turies buried  beneath  the  burning  wastes,  or 
the  magnificent  pillars,  long  secluded  from  the 
sight  of  mortals  deep  below  the  sandy  billows; 
could  these  now  speak  to  us  in  a  language  which 
we  could  not  misunderstand,  would  they  not 
declare,  "That  by  degrees  the  refreshing  dews 
and  the  revivifying  showers  of  heaven,  were 
withholden  from  them;  that  the  lands  became 
scorched  and  barren;  that   instead  of  exhilira- 


14& 

ting  breezes  from  the  meadows,  there  came 
the  parching  winds  from  the  deserts;  that  in- 
stead of  storms  of  rain  to  refresh  languishing 
nature,  there  came  tempests  of  burning  sands 
to  bury  fainting  animation  in  lasting  oblivion." 
Thus  cities,  provinces,  and  empires,  were  de- 
populated, towers  and  temples  covered,  rivers 
and  harbours  filled,  and  the  desolation  and 
ruin,  of  which  travellers  bear  witness,  were 
produced. 

The  current  of  air  which  we  have  described, 
on  leaving  Africa,  moves  in  an  uninterrupted 
course  towards  South  America,  pressing  the 
waters  of  the  Atlantic  to  the  west,  which  causes 
the  gulf  stream  as  it  is  turned  by  the  north- 
east coast  of  South  America  to  the  north-west. 
But  the  current  in  the  atmosphere  rolls  over 
the  plains  of  Brazil,  Guiana,  and  Amazonia, 
laden  with  the  moisture  raised  from  the  At- 
lantic, from  Africa,  the  Mediterranean,  the 
south  parts  of  Europe,  south-west  section  of 
Asia,  from  the  Indian  ocean,  and  perhaps  from 
the  fertile  plains  of  Austral  Asia;  these  are 
propelled  by  succeeding  currents  up  the  sides 
of  the  insuperable  Andes,  which  roll  back,  and 
the  pursuing  vapours  condense,  and  descend 
in  the  heavy  rains  and  tempests  which  supply 
the  Amazon,  Laplata,  Oronoco,  and  the  innu- 
merable  tributaries  which   they  bear  to   the 


148 

ocean.     These  rains  give  richness  and  luxu- 
riance to  the  soil,  which  are  not  known  in  the 
old  world,  and  the  indescribable  growth  of  ve- 
getation which  abounds  in  the  countries  east  of 
the  Andes.     Hence  we  have  the  cause  of  the 
coolness  and  fertility  of  South  America,  while 
Africa,  in  the  same  latitude,  is  burning  with 
,  heat,   and  sterile  with  drought.     Hence,   we 
have  the  cause  of  there  being  so  many  and 
large  streams  in  South  America,  while  they 
are  few   and  small  in  comparison,  in  Africa. 
South  America  is,  in  extent  inferior  to  Africa. 
The  greater  part  of  both  quarters  of  the  world 
lie  in  the  torrid  zone,  both  experience  the  same 
vertical  rays  of  the  sun,  and  unless  some  se- 
condary cause  opposed,  both  must  endure  the 
same  degree  of  heat  and  sterility.     Yet,  South 
America  is  cool,  while  Africa  is  hot;  the  for- 
mer is  fertile,  while  the  latter  is  barren;   the 
one  is  adorned  with  the  most  luxuriant  growth 
of  every  species  of  vegetables,  while  the  other 
is  covered  with  parched  burning  sands.  South 
America  is  refreshed  by  thousands  of  majestic 
rivers,  flowing  pure  and  rapidly  through  every 
plain,  while  less  than  one  hundredth  part  in 
number  and  size  are  thinly  scattered  through 
Africa,  and  scarcely  move  their  stagnant  wa- 
ters along  their  contracted  channels. 


144 

If  no  more  vapours  descended  in  South 
America  than  are  raised  there,  and  all  had 
condensed  in  Africa  which  the  vertical  sun  put 
in  motion,  the  latter  would  be  as  fertile  and 
copiously  watered  as  the  former. 

The  Andes  are  so  high,  that  no  clouds  pass 
their  summits,  that  all  their  stores  are  dis- 
charged on  the  east  of  that  stupendous  range, 
except  what  is  turned  to  the  south-west,  and 
produce  the  storms  at  Cape  Horn,  or  to  the 
north-west  along  the  coasts  of  Terra  Firma, 
whose  course  and  effects  will  be  traced  to 
North  America. 

That  none  of  these  vapours  pass  the  Andes, 
appears  evident  from  the  quantity  of  rain 
which  falls  on  the  east  of  them,  while  in  Peru 
on  the  west  it  seldom  rains. 

The  section  of  the  current  of  air  which 
crosses  the  Atlantic,  and  is  obstructed  by  the 
north-east  coast  of  South  America,  presses  to 
the  north-west  along  the  shores,  drives  the 
waters  through  the  Caribbean  sea,  which  with 
the  current  of  air  ranges  around  the  coast  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico;  the  waters  turn  to  the 
east  around  the  Floridas,  while  the  lighter 
fluid  moves  up  the  vale  of  the  Mississippi,  re- 
viving vegetation  with  the  warm  and  moist 
particles  which  it  has  brought  from  the  torrid 
zone.     This  current  drives  the  waters  into  the 


145 

Gulf  of  Mexico  which  are  elevated  against  the 
shore,  and  is  the  cause  of  their  being  higher 
there  than  in  the  Pacific,  on  the  opposite  coast. 
Hence  we  have  a  cause  of  the  climate  being 
warmer  on  the  west  than  on  the  east  of  the 
Alleghany  mountains,  in  the  same  latitude. 

Thus  the  evaporation  has  been  brought  from 
the  old  world,  and  discharged  on  the  new  ever 
since  the  general  deluge,  and  ever  since  that 
period  their  deserts  have  been  extending,  and 
their  climate  becoming  warmer. 

Before  the  deluge,  the  mountains  on  the 
eastern  continent,  in  general  running  from  east 
to  west,  presented  but  small  barriers  to  the  cur- 
rent of  air  which  regularly  followed  the  course 
of  the  sun  from  east  to  west,  but  when  Ame- 
rica was  raised,  the  mountains  ascended  in 
ranges  nearly  from  north  to  south,  a  great 
change  was  produced  in  the  currents  of  air. — 
Then  the  majestic  Andes,  whose  towering 
summits  project  far  above  the  flight  of  any 
clouds,  opposed  the  currents  of  the  atmosphere 
and  turned  them  in  various  directions.  This 
has  been  the  cause  of  many  changes  in  climate 
in  the  different  empires  of  the  world. 
13 


146 

PROOF  XX. 
Of  the  Rainbow. 

For  another  proof  in  favour  of  our  theory^ 
we  introduce  the  rainbow  as  a  bright  and  shi- 
ning witness. 

It  will  be  admitted,  that  no  rainbow  ap- 
peared in  the  heavens  before  the  flood.  After 
the  waters  subsided,  God  caused  it  to  appear 
as  a  seal  that  the  world  should  be  drowned  no 
more.  But  few  can  be  ignorant  of  the  cause 
of  the  rainbow.  If  the  cause  had  existed  be- 
fore the  flood,  we  believe  the  effects  would 
have  been  the  same  as  it  now  is,  and  the  rain- 
bow would  have  appeared.  Before  the  floods 
no  clouds  appeared  in  the  horizon,  or  heavens, 
opposite  to  the  sun,  to  reflect  his  light  and 
form  the  bow.  There  was  no  rain  before  the 
flood.  For  the  Lord  God  had  not  caused  it 
to  rain  upon  the  earth.  But  there  went  up  a 
mist  from  the  face  of  the  earth,  and  watered 
the  whole  face  of  the  ground.  This  mist  was 
dew,  which,  when  the  sun  declined,  descended 
and   refreshed     the    thirsty    fields.*     If  any 

*  If  an)-  doubt  that  dews  would  be  sufficient  to  refresh  the  earth, 
and  support  vegetation,  they  are  referred  to  Egypt  and  Peru,  in  both 
of  which  places  the  soil  is  fertile,  and  the  growth  of  vegetation  abun- 
dant and  luxuriant.  If  the  same  vapour  descended  in  the  night  which 
arose  in  the  day  time,  the  earth  would  never  thirst.  This  vapour 
being  borne  away,  is  the  cause  of  droughts;  and  if  vegetation  was 
regularly  supplied  with  moisture,  we  believe  it  would  flourish  to  a 
►much  higher  degree  of  perfection, 


147 

clouds  appeared  in  the  heavens,  they  regularly 
followed  the  course  of  the  sun  to  intercept  his 
piercing  beams,  or  in  gentle  mists  to  refresh 
where  he  rendered  thirsty.  Then  Africa, 
Arabia,  and  Persia,  smiled  with  verdure.  But 
when  the  firm  foundations  of  the  deep  be- 
came insuperable  barriers  to  the  current  of  the 
atmosphere,  and  obstructed  the  course  of  thfe 
clouds,  they  were  turned  by  the  eddying 
streams  in  every  direction,  and  clouds  meeting 
clouds,  discharged  their  stores  in  copious  effu- 
sions. Then  condensing  vapours  were  brought 
together,  opposite  to  the  sun,  and  reflected  his 
brilliant  beams  to  the  eye  of  the  enraptured 
beholder, 

PROOF  XXL 

The  Longevity  of  the  dniedeluvians, 

In  this  place,  to  prove  the  accuracy  of  our 
system,  we  will  introduce  the  venerable  ante- 
deluvians,  who,  in  juvenal  sports  and  youthful 
amusements,  saw  many  centuries  roll  away. — 
The  longevity  of  primeval  ages  depended  much 
on  the  uniformity  and  mildness  of  the  climate, 
and  the  purity  of  the  atmosphere.  Then  there 
were  no  changes  in  the  weather  to  heat  and  chill 
the  human  frame,  and  to  produce  diseases  to 
hasten  dissolution.  Then  there  were  no  noxious 
effluvia  arising  from  alluvion,  to  generate  mala- 


148 

dies,  and  to  bear  poison  and  death  through 
the  system  of  man.  That  there  was  a  sud- 
den change  in  the  seasons,  and  that  it  was  ne- 
cessary that  the  constitution  of  man  should  be 
changed,  appears  from  the  Almighty's  then 
granting  him  animal  food. 

It  appears  evident,  that  the  change  which 
was  made  in  the  surface  of  the  earth  at  the 
time  of  the  deluge,  was  so  great,  that  had  the 
same  mortal  eye  seen  a  country  before  and 
after  the  catastrophe,  it  would  not  have  known 
that  it  had  been  the  same.  Those  who  pre- 
tend to  identify  the  place  where  the  garden  of 
Eden  was  situated,  seem  to  rest  their  argu- 
ments on  a  slender  thread.  We  can  form  no 
probable  conjecture  of  the  first  blissful  abode  of 
man,  only  from  the  name  of  the  river  Euphra- 
tes; no  other  rivers  answering  the  description 
of  those  mentioned  by  the  inspired  writer;  and 
the  present  river  Euphrates  may  not  be  within 
a  thousand  miles  of  the  one  alluded  to  in 
Scripture.  That  the  ark  rested  on  the  moun- 
tains from  which  the  present  Euprates  flows, 
we  have  no  doubt.  Noah  and  his  sons,  doubt- 
less had  a  knowledge  of  the  former  Euphrates, 
and  they  probably  gave  the  present  one  the 
name  of  the  former,  believing  it  to  be  the  same 
river,  or  in  remembrance  of  the  one  on  whose 
banks  perhaps  they  lived.     From  the  present 


14<J 

situation  of  that  part  of  the  world,  it  would  be 
impossible  for  any  one  of  the  rivers  mentioned 
as  flowing  from  the  garden  of  Eden,  to  have 
encompassed  the  whole  land  of  Ethiopia,  if  the 
same  country  was  called  Ethiopia  then  that 
now  is;  and  the  rivers  had  their  rise  near  the 
the  present  Euphrates. 

If  the  ark  had  rested  in  Abyssinia,  the 
Nile  would  have  been  called  the  Euphrates, 
and  so  of  any  other  river  on  the  face  of  the 
earth;  and  time  would  have  established  the 
error.  Moses  does  not  intimate  where  this 
river  was.  But  if  that  is  the  river  to  which 
he  alluded,  and  the  Gihon  which  encompassed 
the  land  of  Ethiopia,  and  that  Ethiopia  is  the 
modern  one,  this  account  goes  far  to  support 
our  theory.  For  a  river  to  encompass  that 
land,  there  must  have  been  land  where  now 
the  sea  of  Arabia  and  the  Indian  ocean  are, 
and  if  so,  the  formation  of  their  present  ba- 
sins accord  with  our  former  views  of  the  for- 
mation of  the  beds  of  the  seas  in  the  old 
world. 

That  there  was  more  land  and  fewer  seas  on 
the  eastern  continent  before  the  flood  than 
since,  and  that  the  face  of  the  land  was  very 
different  from  the  present,  appears  equally 
evident.  Then  it  was  more  level;  most  of  the 
deep  cavities  were  made  by  the  torrents  of  the 
13* 


150 

flood.  The  rivers  were  more  in  number,  but 
less  in  magnitude,  than  the  present;  for  there 
were  no  rains  which  would  cause  rivers  to 
rise,  extend  their  channels,  and  force  pas- 
sages to  each  other. 

There  were  no  great  alluvial  deposits,  for 
there  were  no  streams  of  sufficient  magnitude 
to  make  any;  and  as  we  believe  many  of  the 
disorders  which  agonize  and  wreck  the  human 
frame,  arise  from  the  effluvia  of  putrefying  ve- 
getables, the  human  race  were  much  more 
healthy  than  at  the  present  time. 

Before  the  flood,  the  greater  part  of  the 
lands  were  situated  in  the  torrid  zone,  or  as 
near  the  situation  of  the  equator  at  that  time, 
as  the  tropics  now  are  to  our  present  one. 
One  pole  of  the  earth  then  was  to  the  west  of 
the  centre  of  North  America,  in  latitude  about 
thirty -eight  degrees  north,  and  longitude  one 
hundred  and  seven  degrees  west  from  London. 
The  other  was  in  the  great  South  sea,  south- 
east from  the  cape  of  Good  Hope,  in  latitude 
thirty-eight  degrees  south  and  seventy-three 
degrees  east  from  London;  which  brought  the 
equator  over  nearly  the  centre  of  Asia,  along 
the  mountains  of  Tartary,  across  the  south- 
east par^  of  Europe,  and  south-west  section  of 
Africa;  that  the  whole  of  the  then  habitable 
world  was  in  temperate  latitudes,  and  refresh- 


151 

ed  by  the  regular  breezes  which  followed  the 
course  of  the  sun. 

When  the  waters  were  repelled  from  one 
side  of  the  globe,  and  accumulated  several 
miles  in  height  on  the  other,  the  centre  of  gra- 
vity in  the  earth  being  removed,  the  poles 
were  suddenly  changed  in  their  position,  and 
brought  the  equinoctial  line  near  to  the  place 
in  which  it  is  now  described.  Before  the 
poles  of  the  earth  were  changed,  nearly  an 
equal  proportion  of  land  was  on  each  side  of 
the  equator;  but  now  more  being  to  the  north 
than  to  the  south  of  that  line,  the  mountains 
being  further  from  the  centre  of  the  sphere, 
than  the  ocean,  act  as  longer  levers  in  the 
diurnal  motions;  and  though  the  height  of 
mountains  are  but  small,  compared  to  the 
semidiameter  of  the  globe,  yet  their  effects  in 
a  number  of  centuries  are  perceived.  They 
are  the  cause  of  the  recession  of  the  equinoxes, 
a  change  in  the  points  of  intersection  of  the 
equator  and  the  ecliptic  of  about  fifty  se- 
conds in  a  year.  Thus  the  change  of  the 
poles  produced  a  great  change  of  the  zones 
and  of  the  climates  on  the  old  continent. 
Hence  the  bones  of  elephants,  and  trees  of 
tropical  growth,  which  are  buried  in  Siberia 
and  the  Frigid  zone,  now  repose  in  the  same 
soil,  on  which  those  animals  fed  and  sported^ 


452 

shaded  by  the  spreading  branches  of  forests, 
which  now  are  mouldering  with  them.  And 
the  huge  mammoth,  shrouded  in  a  mountain  of 
ice,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Lena,  received  his 
polished  mantle  in  the  same  vicinity,  where 
once  he  basked  in  the  vertical  rays  of  a  sum- 
mer's sun.* 

PROOF  XXII. 

Of  the  appearance  of  our  Continent. 

That  our  continent  is  but  a  youth  compared 
to  the  other,  appears  in  every  object.  Long 
it  has,  and  still  continues  to  be  nourished  by 
the  dews  of  the  old  world,  as  with  milk  from 
the  breast  of  a  parent.  Here  every  thing 
appears  in  youthful  vigour;  there  are  stamped 

*  It  may  be  suggested,  that  these  remains  were  transported  to  the 
cold  regions  by  the  currents  of  the  deluge,  as  St.  Pierre  has  in- 
ferred; but  there  are  a  number  of  weighty  objections  to  these  ideas. 
1st,  If  the  animals  had  been  transported  there  from  the  torrid  zone, 
by  the  currents  of  the  deluge,  they  must  have  been  in  a  less  per- 
fect state  of  preservation,  than  they  are  found  to  be.  2nd,  The  trees 
of  the  growth  of  warm  climates,  could  not  have  been  transported 
there  by  the  raging  flood,  and  be  so  tree  from  injuries  as  they  are 
found  to  be;  some  are  found  with  their  roots  imbedded  in  the  soil 
which  once  supported  them,  that  they  must  have  grown  on  the  soil 
on  which  they  now  rest,  or  in  which  they  are  buried.  3d,  If  the 
animals  and  vegetables  had  been  transported  to  Siberia,  from  the 
torrid  zone,  they  would  have  been  carried  by  some  currents  into 
heaps  or  masses.  No  such  collections  have  been  discovered  in  those 
regions;  but  they  are  promiscuously  scattered  over  the  north  part  of 
Asia,  as  if  an  instantaneous  calamity  had  overwhelmed  them,  when 
they  were  reposing  in  their  native  forests,  and  were  suddenly  bu- 
ried by  the  waters  and  alluvion. 


153 

the  marks  of  declining  age.  Here  the  streams 
flow  full,  pure,  and  rapid,  as  circulate  the 
fluids  in  a  healthful  youth  emerging  to  man- 
hood; There  slow,  sluggish,  and  small,  they 
creep  along  their  once  extensive  channels,  as 
move  corrupted  fluids  in  the  parched  and 
shrivelled  veins,  worn  out  by  age,  by  folly, 
and  vice.  Here  in  every  vale  and  depression 
of  land,  are  springs,  rills,  and  brooks,  whose 
banks  are  adorned  with  innumerable  flowers, 
loading  the  breezes  with  their  fragrance,  and 
cooling  the  air  with  their  exhalations,  all  com- 
bining to  variegate  and  enrich  the  scene;  as 
in  youth  when  all  the  pores  are  in  tune,  when 
health  and  genius  glow  in  every  feature,  and 
strength  and  activity  are  expressed  in  every 
motion.  Far  otherwise  is  the  appearance  in  the 
parent  world;  there  are  vast  hollows  without 
brooks,  and  channels  without  rivers,  and  bar- 
renness and  desolation  rest  upon  their  bor- 
ders; all  are  as  indicative  of  age  and  decay, 
as  a  body  without  moisture,  or  a  countenance 
disfigured  by  dry  and  parched  wrinkles. 
Thrifty  forests  are  the  splendid  tresses  of  our 
youthful  continent;  there  barren  heaths  and 
sandy  deserts  show  that  age  and  disease  must 
soon  overtake  all  that  is  mortal.  Our  cool, 
moist,  and  exhilirating  breezes  are  the  breath 
of  our  youthful   and  vigourous   lands;  there, 


154 

emblematical  of  disease  and  dissolution  are 
the  Harmattan,  the  Sirocc,  the  Samiel,  and 
Simoom,  which  carry  poison  and  death  in  their 
train. 

It  may  be  observed,  "That  our  continent 
bears  many  distinguishing  marks  of  antiquity 
in  the  remains  that  are  almost  daily  brought  to 
light."  It  is  true,  there  are  remains  of  re- 
mote antiquity  reposing  beneath  the  alluvion, 
in  almost  every  part  of  our  continent,  but  the 
situations  of  these  remains  are  far  different 
from  what  they  are  in  the  eastern  hemisphere. 
Here  they  are  promiscuously  scattered  through 
our  plains,  mountains,  and  vallies,  as  if  de- 
signed to  fertilize  our  soil.  A  youth  may  be" 
surrounded  by  the  works  of  his  ancestors,  may 
feed  on  the  substance  which  they  have  collect- 
ed, and  still  be  in  youth  or  in  the  vigour  of 
life.  Here  rich  mould  which  of  late  has  been 
deposited  by  currents,  covers  the  remains  of  an- 
tiquity which  are  so  frequently  brought  to  light. 
There  barren  sands  which  have  been  gathered 
by  scorching  winds  envelope  the  remains  of 
ancient  grandeur.  Cities,  once  the  proud  mis- 
tresses of  mighty  empires,  surrounded  by  ver- 
dant fields,  spicy  groves,  and  luxuriant  val- 
lies, are  now  heaps  of  ruins,  enclosed  by  de- 
serts which  the  fell  monsters  of  the  wilderness 
scarcely  dare  to  traverse.  The  poisonous  winds 


155 

have  blasted  the  verdure  of  their  fields,  anni- 
hilated their  fertility,  and  tempests  of  sand 
have  buried  their  plains  and  valiies,  gardens, 
arches,  and  temples,  in  lasting  ruin.  Where 
are  the  fertile  plains,  extensive  aqueducts, 
commodious  harbours,  and  superb  edifices  of 
the  once  proud  rival  of  Rome?  Beneath  the 
billowing  sand  are  they  to  be  sought.  No  ver- 
dant lawns,  nor  blooming  vegetation  is  fanned 
by  the  zephyrs,  where  once  was  the  fertile 
garden  of  the  world.  Nothing  but  scenes  of 
desolation  and  ruin  are  now  presented  to  the 
eye,  where  the  hum  of  business,  the  carols  of 
mirth,  or  the  din  of  war  assailed. 

Far  different  is  the  soil  which  covers  the 
monuments  of  antiquity  on  our  youthful  conti- 
nent. Here  waters  commissioned  by  hea- 
ven to  devastate  the  old  world  have  brought 
the  fatness  of  their  soil,  and  deposited  it  with 
alluvia  on  our  plains,  whose  fertility  is  mani- 
fested in  the  majestic  forests,  and  abundant 
harvests  which  are  witnessed  here. 

PROOF  XXIII. 

Of  the  unhealthful  state  of  our  Continent. 

Our  continent  has  been  often  accused  by  the 
inhabitants  of  the  eastern  hemisphere,  of  be- 
ing more  unhealthy  than  theirs.     We  do  not 


156 

deny  but  many  diseases  are  more  prevalent  here 
than  in  the  old  world,  and  the  causes  when  ex- 
p]  ined,  will  serve  to  support  our  theory  Epi- 
demics, and  such  diseases  as  are  generated 
by  decaying,  or  putrefying  vegetation,  are  the 
diseases,  and  the  only  ones  which  are  more 
prevalent  here  than  on  the  eastern  continent. 

Our  immense  tracts  of  alluvial  countries,  in 
which  masses  of  vegetables  are  deposited, 
when  divested  of  the  shading  forests,  and  are 
exposed  to  the  rays  of  the  sun,  emit  an  efflu- 
via, which,  when  inhaled,  engender  disease. 
The  most  of  our  alluvial  deposits  having  been 
mace  by  the  flood  from  the  north,  several  cen- 
turies after  the  general  deluge  formed  the 
last  stratum  in  Europe,  as  many  centuries  must 
roll  away  after  our  wilderness  is  converted  to 
cultivated  fields,  as  did  after  the  general  de- 
luge before  our  alluvion  was  formed,  prior  to 
our  climate's  being  as  free  from  noxious  va- 
pours, as  is  the  climate  of  the  other  quarters  of 
the  globe. 

When  we  examine  attentively,  the  state  of 
alluvion  in  our  country,  and  the  places  and 
seasons  in  which  epidemics  prevail,  the  posi- 
tions we  have  taken  will  be  seen  founded  in 
truth.  The  epidemic  is  not  limitted  to  any 
climate,  but  has  prevailed  at  different  periods, 
almost  from  one  extremity  of  our  continent  to 


157 

the  other;  but.  in  or  near  those  places  where 
are  most  vegetable  deposits,  it  has  prevailed 
more  frequently,  and  has  been  more  destructive. 
In  every  part  of  our  country  when  the  forests 
have  been  removed,  and  the  soil  and  vegetable 
mould  has  been  heated  by  the  summer  sun,  fe- 
vers in  various  degrees  of  malignity  have  pre- 
vailed. But,  where  the  lands  are  high,  and 
have  but  little  alluvia  in  the  vicinity?  in  a  few 
years  they  become  as  healthful  as  any  parts  of 
the  world.  In  some  instances  cities,  or  towns 
which  have  an  elevated  situation,  and  are 
builded  on  ground  which  is  not  alluvion,  have 
been  visited  by  malignant  fevers.  In  such  in- 
stances the  effluvia  arising  from  vegetable  de- 
posits, perhaps  at  many  miles  distant,  by  regu- 
1  r  breezes  from  that  quarter,  are  borne  to  the 
elevated  situation,  inhaled  with  the  atmos- 
pheric air,  and  produce  deadly  disease.  But, 
in  many  instances  where  cities  are  upon,  and 
surrounded  by  alluvion,  for  years  they  will 
escape  diseases  of  a  malignant  nature.  If  the 
season  is  cool,  that  vegetable  remains  are  not 
heated  below  the  strata  from  which  the  efflu- 
via, or  animalcule  of  preceding  seasons  have 
arisen,  no  malignant  disease  prevails.  The 
season  may  be  hot,  and  if  at  the  period  when 
the  secret  implements  of  disease  and  death  are 
loosened,  the  current  of  air  is  from  the  eity; 
14 


158 

the  deadly  particles  are  transported  to  a  dis- 
tance, and  if  a  settlement  obstruct  their  flight, 
many  will  mourn  their  unexpected  arrival. 

In  the  southern  part  of  our  country,  as  we 
have  described,  where  the  current  from  the 
north  was  opposed  by  that  which  flowed  down 
the  Atlantic  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  most  al- 
luvion is  found,  and  most  vegetable  remains 
are  mingled  with  the  strata,  and  in  that  sec- 
tion of  our  land,  we  are  to  expect  that  malig- 
nant diseases  will  be  most  frequent,  and  will 
longer  prevail.  But  when  our  country  has  as 
long  been  exposed  to  the  winds  and  sun,  as 
have  the  alluvial  districts  in  Europe,  they  can- 
not with  propriety  say,  that  our  land  is  more 
subject  to  diseases  than  their  own,  except  in 
one  particular.  If  our  theory  is  correct,  dews 
and  vapours  are  brought  from  the  old  world  to 
the  new.  If  so,  the  noxious  effluvia  which 
rise  there,  may  be  borne  to  our  continent,  and 
continue  to  affect  the  constitution  of  our  bodies, 
debilitate   and  weaken  our  mortal  frames.* 


*  In  many  parts  of  the  old  world  they  are  subject  to  diseases  which 
never  visited  our  shores.  The  winds  from  the  deserts  not  only  prove 
destructive  to  man,  but  brutes  and  vegetables  fall  a  prey  to  their 
fury.  On  the  West  India  islands,  much  alluvion  was  deposited  as 
we  have  described,  and  there  epnlemic  diseases  prevail  more  perhaps 
than  in  any  parts  of  th^  world.  In  South  America,  except  in  the 
north  part  where  alluvion  was  formed  by  the  last  flood,  epidemics 
seldom  prevail.     In  Brazil,  and  some  parts  ot  Peru,  the  climate  is  as 


159 

PROOF  XXIV. 

Of  the  Insects,  Vegetation,  8£c.  of  America, 

It  may  be  thought  by  some,  that  it  is  for  the 
want  of  more  weighty  proofs  to  establish  our 
theory,  that  we  descend  to  the  insects,  rep- 
tiles, and  vegetable  tribes,  as  witnesses  to  sup- 
port us  in  the  premises  we  have  taken.  But, 
we  consider  nothing  of  little  consequence  which 
God  has  made.  His  wisdom,  power,  and 
goodness  are  as  much  displayed  in  the  small- 
est insect  that  is  wafted  on  the  wings  of  the 
wind,  as  in  the  towering  mountains  whose 
summits  are  hid  beyond  the  clouds,  or  in  the 
expanse  of  the  ocean  whose  waves  encompass 
our  sphere.  The  same  Omniscient  Being  who 
created,  preserves  and  regulates  the  shining 
worlds  and  systems  that  range  the  unlimitted 
fields  of  ether,  and  appointed  to  each  its  sta- 
tion and  use,  has  exercised  Omniscience  in 
creating  the  smallest  plant  that  grows,  or  the 
meanest  reptile  that  moves,  and  employed  the 
same  goodness  in  appointing  to  each  an  office, 
to  promote  the  happiness  of  the  general  whole. 

■warm  as  on  the  coasts  of  Terra  Firma;  yet,  in  the  former  places,  de- 
structive fevers  have  been  scarcely  heard  of,  in  the  latter  they  have 
been  frequent.  In  Terra  Firma  they  are  not  so  frequent  and  fatal  as 
they  were  formerly.  Admiral  Vernon  visited  these  coasts,  at  a  pe- 
riod when  most  of  the  secret  messengers  of  death  were  sent  forto-, 
and  many  of  his  hapkss  crew  fell  victims  to  their  fury. 


160 

God  has  created  nothing  in  vain.  The  vast 
chain  of  creation  would  be  incomplete,  were 
one  species  of  insects,  or  even  of  vegetables 
destroyed.*  Inconsistently  wre  complain  of  the 
inconveniences  we  endure  from  thorns,  bram- 
bles, noxious  weeds,  and  poisonous  insects^  and 
reptiles,  and  reflect  not,  that  were  it  not  for 
these,  we  should  be  subject  to  far  greater 
afflictions.  We  have  more  insects  and  vermes 
than  are  found  in  Europe.  When  we  reflect 
on  the  offices  to  be  performed  by  this  part  of 
God's  creation,  we  readily  perceive,  that  ac- 
cording to  our  theory  of  the  formation  of  coun- 
tries, more  insects  and  noxious  plants  are  re* 
quired  in  America,  than  in  any  other  quarter 
of  the  globe.     Here,  as  has  been  observed,  are 

*  It  will  be  observed  then,  that  this  chain  has  often  been  broken, 
as  in  the  revolutions  of  nature  which  have  been  described,  many 
species  have  become  extinct.  But  it  will  be  remembered,  that  all 
these  changes  and  revolutions  have  been  wrought  by  the  hand  of 
God;  and  have  or  will  be  conducive  to  the  happiness  of  man.  As  the 
revolutions  and  catastrophes  which  our  planet  has  experienced  have 
produced  changes  in  the  seasons,  in  temperature  of  climate,  and  even 
in  the  order  and  economy  of  nature,  it  has  been  necessary,  that  the 
constitutions  of  man,  and  of  the  various  species  of  beings  in  the  animal 
and  vegetable  kingdoms  be  changed.  By  these  revolutions  some  spe- 
cies, and  even  genera  became  useless  and  Were  destro)ed.  Others 
have  been  changed,  that  they  may  better  perform  the  various  duties 
devolving  on  them.  Such  we  conceive  is  the  state  of  man.  At  the 
general  deluge,  such  a  change  was  wrought  in  our  planet,  and  in  the 
elements,  that  God  in  his  wisdom  saw  fit  to  change  the  constitution 
of  the  human  race,  as  well  as  of  the  brute  creation.  That  there  was 
such  a  change,  we  infer  from  the  word  of  God.  When  man  was  first 
created  by  the  com  nand  of  God,  iruits  and  vegetables  were  to  be  his 
only  food.     These  likewise  were  to  be  the  sustenance  of  every  raov- 


161 

more  alluvial  formations,  and  of  later  date  than 
on  the  eastern  continent.  Hence,  more  noxi- 
ous effluvia  arise.  These  effluvia  are  of  vari- 
ous sizes,  shapes,  and  properties.  The  de- 
sign of  insects  is  to  devour  these  poisonous 
particles  which  otherwise  would  render  the 
air  unfit  for  respiration.  These  particles  are 
poison:  hence,  the  insects  become  poisonous  from 
the  food  on  which  they  live.  One  species  of 
insects  is  formed  by  infinite  wisdom,  and  orga- 
nized for  the  reception  of  one  kind  of  effluvia, 
and  one  for  another.  The  larger  feed  on  the 
less,  and  as  the  effluvia  cease  to  rise,  one  ge- 
neration has  performed  their  office,  they  expire. 
Here  see  the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  God. 
One  generation  of  insects  deposit  their  ovia 
which  lie  dormant,  till  the  heat  of  the  vernal 
sun  causes  fermentation  in  vegetable  matter, 

ing  thing.  But  when  the  waters  of  the  flood  subsided,  and  God  bless- 
ed Noah  and  his  sons,  he  said  unto  them,  Every  moving  thing  that 
liveth shall  be  meat  for  you;  even  as  the  green  herb  have  I  given  you 
all  things.  It  is  evident,  that  in  changing  the  diet  of  man  in  so  es- 
sential a  manner,  it  was  necessary  that  his  constitution  should  be 
changed;  and  the  same  of  the  brute  creation,  for  the  food  of  many 
species  since  the  deluge,  has  been  animal.  From  Genesis,  chap.  viii. 
ver.  l2l2,  we  infer  that,  at  that  period,  a  great  change  was  wrought 
in  the  seasons.  While  the  earin  remaineih,  seed  time,  and  harvest, 
and  cold,  and  heat,  and  summer,  and  winter,  and  day,  and  night, 
shall  not  cease.  We  conceive,  that  before  the  deluge  there  was  no 
change  in  seasons,  as  has  been  described,  and  no  regular  seed  time 
and  harvest,  for  it  mattered  not  when  the  seed  was  committed  to  the 
faithful  bosom  of  the  earth,  for  before  there  was  no  cold  nor  heat. 
The  cause  of  these  changes  has  been  explained  in  tlie  change  of  the 
poles  of  the  earth. 

14* 


162 

and  the  noxious  effluvia  are  sent  forth.  Then 
each  embryo  insect  bursts  from  his  secret  cell, 
and  millions  and  millions  fill  the  air,  not  in 
vain  sport  as  fancy  represents,  but  in  the  most 
active  employment  in  gathering,  in  conquering, 
and  destroying,  the  enemies  of  the  peace  and 
happiness  ©f  man  When  their  employment  is 
ended  as  autumn  advances,  they  rest  from  their 
labours.  But  their  frames,  though  small,  hav- 
ing been  nourished  by  poisonous  particles,  if 
permitted  to  decay  on  the  surface  of  the  earth 
would  again  envenom  the  atmosphere.  But  a 
Being,  perfect  in  wisdom  and  goodness,  has 
provided  against  this  inconvenience,  When 
autumn  approaches,  when  effluvia  cease  to 
rise,  when  insects  retire  from  the  regions  of 
the  air,  then  myriads  and  myriads  of  vermes 
are  sent  forth  on  the  surface  of  the  earth  to 
collect  and  bear  to  their  cells  the  carcases  of 
such  as  have  fallen. 

In  warm  climates,  where  no  frosts  destroy 
these  vermes,  numerous  species  of  reptiles  and 
venomous  serpents  are  placed,  and  fitted  with 
proper  organs  to  receive  the  poison  which  has 
been  collected  from  the  atmosphere.  Where- 
ever  stagnant  waters  or  sunken  marshes 
abound,  innumerable  insects  fill  the  air  in  the 
summer,  unnumbered  species  of  vermes  cover 
the  ground  in  autumn,  and  frightful  serpents 


163 

lurk  concealed  in  every  bramble.  When  marsh- 
es are  drained,  forests  are  removed,  the  lands 
cultivated,  and  the  vegetable  mould  is  puri- 
fied, there  is  no  further  employment  for  these 
numerous  species  of  beings,  their  numbers  di- 
minish, as  their  services  are  less  needed. 

Noxious  weeds  and  brambles  are  designed 
for  a  similar  purpose.  All  vegetables  are  so 
constructed,  that  they  purify  the  air.  The 
noxious  ones  receive  such  impure  particles 
from  the  atmosphere,  as  insects  were  not  orga- 
nized to  deposit.  Culinary  plants  receive 
those  of  a  purer  quality,  and  all  of  them  throw 
off  a  fluid  which  is  congenial  and  exhilirating 
to  animal  life. 

In  rich  alluvial  formations,  we  find  many 
more  species  of  vegetables  as  well  as  insects; 
and  the  newer  and  richer  the  soil,  the  more 
abundant  both  will  be.5* 

Then  it  is  advisable  that  there  be  more  in- 
sects, vermes,  &c.  on  our  continent  than  on 
the  eastern:  and  as  it  has  pleased  the  Almighty 

**  Should  our  cities,  which  are  subject  to  disorders  arising  from  the 
effluvia  of  putrefying  vegetation,  be  diversified  with  here  and  there  a 
square,  in  which  various  kinds  of  trees  common  on  alluvial  forma- 
tions, together  with  thorns,  briars,  thistles,  nettles,  and  various  other 
noxious  weeds,  should  be  suffered  to  grow  unmolested,  the  numerous 
species  of  insects  would  find  a  safe  retreat  in  them,  and  the  deathful 
particles,  instead  of  being  incorporated  in  the  human  fi-ame,  would 
flow  to  the  reservoirs  which  the  God  of  nature  has  formed  to  receive 
them , 


16* 

to  give  us  a  most  luxuriant  soil,  we  must 
expect  numerous  species  of  insects,  and  they 
will  continue  to  abound,  till  our  marshes  and 
forests  are  no  more,  and  till  our  alluvial  soil 
by  cultivation,  is  made  to  discharge  the  nox- 
ious effluvia — then  we  shall  be  in  want  of  no 
purifiers  of  the  air,  and  then  we  shall  be  as 
free  from  them  as  any  part  of  the  world. 

PROOF  XXV. 

The  Tides. 

In  introducing  a  subject  like  this,  the  author 
is  aware  of  the  difficulties  he  has  to  encounter. 
In  regard  to  the  other  phenomena  of  nature 
which  he  has  attempted  to  explain,  there  is  a 
variety  of  opinions,  if  any  opinions  on  the 
whole  of  them  have  been  formed.  But  the 
phenomenon  of  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  waters 
of  the  ocean,  and  the  various  currents  which 
prevail  along  diverse  coasts,  has  been  account- 
ed for  by  the  illustrious  Newton.  The 
opinion  of  one  so  deservedly  eminent,  of  one 
whose  name  has  been  elevated  to  the  highest 
degree  in  the  scale  of  science,  the  name  or 
opinion  of  such  a  man,  though  none  will  deny 
but  the  greatest  of  human  kind  may  embrace 
some  errors,  goes  far,  very  far,  to  incline  the 
minds  of  a  community  to  a  prejudice  against 


165 

innovations.  No  man  has  read  the  works  of 
the  immortal  Newton  with  more  pleasure 
and  edification  than  the  author.  None  has  a 
more  exalted  opinion  of  his  talents,  pays  more 
respect  to  his  memory,  or  is  in  more  admira- 
tion in  contemplating  the  blessings  which  his 
unlimited  mind  brought  to  the  scientific  world. 
Yet  perfection  is  not  to  be  found  in  man.  The 
greatest  that  ever  lived,  cannot  but  say  he  had 
embraced  some  errors. 

The  brilliant  rays  and  sublime  effulgence  of 
Sir  Isaac  Newton's  genius,  may  have  dazzled 
the  eyes  of  many,  that  beneath  the  splendid 
beams  of  his  talents  defects  or  errors  may  lie 
unseen. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  author,  that  a  mind 
in  pursuit  of  truth,  should  not  receive  as  infal- 
lible the  ideas  of  any  man,  unless  accompanied 
by  complete  demonstrations.  Great  men  may 
have  great  errors. 

The  constant  dropping  of  water  will  wear 
away  the  hardest  rock;  mountains,  by  industry 
and  perseverance  may  be  removed;  but  more 
difficult  is  the  task  to  remove  an  error  founded 
by  a  great  man,  and  fixed  by  the  prejudice  of 
ages.  But  there  is  more  merit  in  striving 
alone  against  the  torrent  of  error,  than  in  gli- 
ding quietly  with  a  multitude  down  the  stream 
to  the  stagnant  waters  of  oblivion. 


166 

The  cause  of  the  tides  having  perplexed  and 
agitated  the  minds  of  the  ancient  philosophers, 
and  having  for  centuries  been  ranked  among 
the  mysteries  beyond  the  bounds  of  human 
comprehension,  serves  to  bias  the  mind  against 
receiving  an  explanation  which  is  plain  and 
simple. 

In  every  age  of  the  world,  new  discoveries 
have  been  made.  One  discovery  or  invention 
leads  to  another,  and  the  steps  of  science  are 
so  wisely  constructed,  that  every  succeeding 
one  is  more  easily  ascended. 

Had  the  ancient  sages  and  philosophers  pos- 
sessed such  a  knowledge  of  the  surface  of  our 
planet,  of  the  oceans  and  continents,  seas  and 
islands,  as  the  moderns  have,  they  would  not 
have  laboured  so  much  in  vain  to  demonstrate 
the  ebbing  and  flowing  of  the  ocean.  And  it 
is  believed,  that  had  Sir  Isaac  Newton  been 
possessed  of  facts  which  have  been  brought  to 
light  since  the  world  was  honoured  by  his  pre- 
sence, that  he  would  never  have  laboured  to  es- 
tablish and  support  a  theory,  loaded  with  such 
inconsistencies  as  his  is,  of  the  tides,  and 
which  is  almost  universally  adopted. 

Many  of  mankind  prefer  adopting  without 
examination  theories  of  great  men,  to  taking 
the  labour  of  investigating  them.  Sir  Isaac 
Newton  was  a  great  man.     He  made  many 


167 

and  great  discoveries.  He  corrected  many 
great  errors  of  great  men,  who  had  shone  as 
stars  of  the  first  magnitude  in  the  firmament 
above,  before  the  world  was  favoured  with  his 
presence.  But,  though  the  sun  which  enlight- 
ens our  sphere,  and  emits  light  and  heat  to  the 
numerous  and  magnificent  worlds  that  revolve 
around  him  is  a  glorious  brilliant  orb,  for  all  wise 
purposes,  he  is  not  wholly  luminous.  Though 
the  splendor  of  his  rays  so  dazzles  our  eyes  that 
he  appears  a  perfect  sphere  of  light,  yet  on 
more  acute  examination,  there  are  opaque  spots 
on  his  surface. 

The  author  believes,  that  human  nature  is 
not  only  liable  to  depart  from  truth,  but  is  in- 
clined to  error;  and  believing  Sir  Isaac  New- 
ton to  be  in  an  error  in  regard  to  his  theory  of 
the  tides,  he  considers  it  a  duty  which  he  owes 
to  his  fellow  creatures,  to  make  known  his  ob- 
jections to  that  theory,  and  explain  another 
which  appears  to  him  to  be  more  simple,  more 
consistent  with  the  principles  of  philosophy, 
and  far  more  coincident  with  the  immutable 
laws  of  the  God  of  nature. 

We  will  endeavour,  first,  to  examine  briefly 
Sir  Isaac  Newton's  theory  of  the  tides. 

After  we  have  reconnoitred  the  works  he 
has  erected,  and  prejudice  has  fortified,  we 
will  see  if  we  have  force  to  destroy  the  forti- 


168 

fieations;  and  then  endeavour  to  build  a  castle, 
on  a  foundation  firm  as  reason,  unshaken  as 
true  philosophy,  and  durable  as  the  laws  of 
nature. 

Sir  Isaac  Newton's  Theory  of  the  Tides. 

In  taking  a  view  of  the  theory  of  the  tides, 
founded  by  this  great  man,  it  is  necessary  to 
refer  the  mind  of  the  reader  to  the  system  of 
worlds  of  which  our  globe  makes  but  a  small 
part. 

The  sun  is  the  centre  of  our  system.  Eleven 
spheres  resembling  the  earth,  some  greater  and 
some  less  than  our  planet,  revolve  around  the 
sun  in  periods  of  time  proportionable  to  their 
distance  from  the  sun.  Five  of  these  worlds 
had  not  been  discovered  when  Sir  Isaac  New- 
ton lived.  Eighteen  other  spheres,  resem- 
bling the  earth  in  shape  and  matter,  but  less  in 
magnitude,  belong  to  the  solar  system.  These 
are  denominated  moons,  secondary  planets,  or 
satellites,  and  in  their  revolutions  round  the 
sun  as  a  common  centre,  they  pass  the  orbits 
of  the  respective  primary  planets  which  they 
are  destined  to  attend. 

The  earth  has  one  moon,  or  attendant  se- 
condary planet;  Jupiter  four;  Saturn  seven: 
and  Herschel  six.   No  secondary  planets  have 


169 

been  discovered  accompanying  the  other  seven 
primary  planets. 

The  earth  is  nearly  eight  thousand  miles  in 
diameter,  and  performs  its  course  round  the 
sun,  at  the  mean  distance  of  ninety-five  mil- 
lions of  miles  from  the  sun. 

The  moon  is  little  more  than  two  thousand 
miles  in  diameter,  and  accompanies  the  earth 
round  the  sun  at  the  mean  distance  of  two 
hundred  and  forty  thousand  miles  from  the 
earth. 

Admitting  the  earth  to  be  eight  thousand 
miles  in  diameter,  it  contains  five  hundred  and 
twelve  thousand  millions  of  cubic  miles;  and 
allowing  the  moon  to  be  two  thousand  two  hun- 
dred miles  in  diameter,  which  is  nearly  its 
size,  that  orb  contains  ten  thousand  six  hun- 
dred and  forty- eight  millions  of  cubic  miles, 
malting  the  earth  nearly  fifty  times  as  large  as 
the  moon,  or  containing  nearly  fifty  times  as 
many  cubic  miles  of  matter  as  the  moon  does. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  greatest  philosophers, 
that  not  only  the  moon,  but  all  the  bodies  com- 
posing the  solar  system,  are  formed  of  matter 
similar  to  that  of  the  earth,  and  are  the  habi- 
tations of  intelligent  beings.  To  account  for 
the  phenomena  of  the  motions  and  appearances 
of  the  heavenly  bodies,  they  admit  that  they 
are  all  attracted  by  the  sun  in  proportion  to 
15 


170 

the  quantity  of  matter  they  contain,  and  their 
distances  from  the  sun.  They  also  attract 
each  other  in  the  same  ratio.  This  is  doubt- 
less the  case,  for  in  no  other  manner  can  we 
account  for  the  various  appearances  of  the 
planets.* 

Sir  Isaac  Newton,  and  a  greater  philosopher 
never  lived  on  earth,  supposed,  and  attempted 
to  prove;  that  the  waters  of  the  ocean,  and  of 

*  Here  we  trust  we  shall  be  excused  for  giving  our  opinion  in  some 
points  of  astronomy,  which  it  is  believed  have  not  been  suggested  by 
philosophers.  The  sun  is  the  centre  of  our  system;  it  has  been  dis- 
covered that  it  has  a  motion  oa  its  axis,  and  being  attracted  by  the 
planets,  revolves  in  an  orbit  the  diameter  of  which  is  less  than  the 
sun's  diameter. 

We  believe  that  the  sun  is  performing  a  revolution  in  an  extensive 
orbit,  that  the  primary  planets  revolve  round  the  sun  not  in  circles, 
but  in  the  same  manner  as  the  secondary  planets  revolve  round  the 
primaries.  The  centre  of  our  system  may  move  thousands  of  miles. 
in  an  hour,  and  we  not  perceive  the  motion,  the  sun  being  the  great 
centre  to  which  our  attention  is  fixed.  It  does  not  appear  consistent 
with  reason  and  philosophy,  to  suppose  that  a  body  so  large  as  the  sun 
should  have  a  rotary  motion,  and  remain  in  or  near  the  same  place. 
All  of  the  fixed  stars  are  suns  and  centres  to  other  systems.  Numer- 
ous worlds,  the  abodes  of  intelligence,  surround  each  of  these  shining 
spheres,  which,  like  our  sun,  are  all  performing  courses  round  some 
common  or  universal  centre.  The  suns,  as  well  as  planets,  are  the 
residence  of  the  creatures  of  God,  all  experiencing  his  munificence. 
God  is  unlimited  in  his  power,  and  space  which  is  adorned  by  worlds 
and  shining  spheres,  is  as  extensive  as  the  power  and  goodness  of 
God.  the  stars  or  suns  which  once  appeared  in  the  heavens,  and 
•were  noted  by  the  ancient  astronomers,  and  have  now  vanished  from 
our  natural  eyes,  and  from  optical  vision,  were  pei forming  their 
tours  in  a  different  direction  from  our  sun;  and  those  which  now  emit 
their  brilliant  beams  to  earth,  and  shone  not  on  ancient  ken,  have,  in 
the  vast  machinery  of  creation,  been  approaching  our  system.  The 
heavens  dtclare  the  glory  of  God;  and  the  Ji-rmament  show  forth  his 
handy  ivorks. 


m 

various  bays,  were  made  to  rise  by  the  influ- 
ence of  the  moon's  attracting  the  earth;  or  that 
the  waters  were  raised,  and  the  various  cur- 
rents of  the  ocean  produced  by  the  attraction 
of  the  sun  and  moon.  The  moon  being  sixty- 
four  million  seven  hundred  and  sixty  thousand 
miles  nearer  to  the  earth  than  the  sun,  would 
have  more  effect  on  the  waters  of  our  planet 
than  the  sun,  though  the  latter  is  several  mil- 
lions of  times  greater  than  the  former. 

These  phenomena  he  explains  with  a  degree 
of  ingenuity,  peculiar  to  so  noble  a  mind.  The 
attraction  of  the  moon  on  the  waters,  on  ac- 
count of  its  being  so  much  nearer  to  the  earth, 
he  says  is  in  proportion  to  that  of  the  sun  as 
five  to  one.  That  as  the  moon  raises  the  wa- 
ters five  feet,  the  sun  raises  them  one.  The 
tides  are  higher  at  some  times  than  others. — 
They  are  highest  at  new  and  full  moon,  and 
lowest  at  first  and  last  quarters. 

"This,"  says  the  immortal  Newton,  "is  oc- 
casioned by  the  influence  of  the  sun  and  moon 
operating  upon  the  waters  in  the  same  line  of 
direction. 

"At  the  time  of  new  moon,  the  sun  and  moon 
being  on  the  same  side  of  the  earth,  both  at- 
tract the  waters  of  the  earth  on  the  side  to- 
wards  them  in  the  same  direction,  that  on  that 
side  the  waters  rise  to  their  greatest  height. 


172  y/ 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  earth,  there  is  a 
high  tide  at  the  same  time/'  This,  as  the 
great  philosopher  says,  "is  owing  to  the  same 
cause;"  viz.  The  sun  and  moon  attracting,  for 
instance,  on  the  west  side  of  the  earth,  cause 
the  waters  to  flow  in  that  direction  from,  what 
for  perspicuity  we  will  call,  the  upper  and 
lower  sides  of  the  earth.  The  waters  on 
three  sides  of  the  earth  being  attracted  to  one 
side,  to  the  west,  causes  the  centre  of  gravity 
in  the  earth  to  be  moved  to  the  west;  hence  the 
waters  on  the  opposite  side,  the  east  side  of 
the  earth  being  further  from  the  centre  of  gra- 
vity, are  drawn  in  a  less  degree  towards  the 
earth,  or  are  inclined  to  flow  in  an  opposite  di- 
rection, and  accumulate  on  the  east  side. — 
Hence  there  is  a  high  tide  on  the  east  and 
west  sides  of  the  earth  at  the  same  time, 
while  on  the  upper  and  lower  sides,  the 
Waters  are  low,  on  account  of  their  having 
flowed  to  the  east  and  west. 

When  the  moon  arrives  at  first  quarter,  sup- 
pose above  the  earth,  the  sun  is  west  of  it; 
then  the  sun  and  moon  attracting  in  quadra- 
ture, serve  to  bind  the  waters  on  the  surface 
of  the  earth;  hence  there  would  be  low  or  neap 
tides,  the  same  at  the  time  of  the  last  quarter  of 
the  moon;  but  at  full  moon,  or  when  the  sun  is 
an  one  side  of  the  earth,  and  the  moon  on  the 


173 

other,  then  high  or  spring  tides  are  occasioned, 
says  Newton,  in  the  following  manner. 

The  moon  attracting  the  waters  to  the  east, 
raise  them  on  the  east  of  the  earth,  and  those 
on  the  west,  being  inclined  to  flow  to  the  west, 
are  accelerated  in  that  direction  by  the  attrac- 
tion of  the  sun;  hence  we  have  a  high  tide  on 
the  opposite  sides  of  the  globe  at  new  and  full 
moon. 

In  many  bays  of  the  ocean,  the  tides  are 
much  higher  than  in  the  ocean  itself.  This, 
the  great  philosopher  says,  is  owing  to  the 
water  of  the  ocean  being  pressed  into  them, 
and  contracted  into  a  narrower  channel  as  they 
are  driven  up  the  bays,  and  are  found  to  rise 
higher  towards  the  heads  of  the  bays. 

In  seas  and  lakes  there  are  no  tides.  This^ 
the  same  great  man  says,  is  on  account  of  their 
small  dimensions;  that  every  part  of  the  sur- 
face of  such  small  bodies  of  water,  being  so 
nearly  equi- distant  from  the  sun,  or  moon,  that 
every  part  is  equally  attracted,  and  one  part 
cannot  be  raised  above  another. 

In  some  parts  of  the  ocean,  the  currents  of 
the  tides  flow  in  various  directions.  This,  he 
says,  is  produced  by  the  situation  of  the 
coasts. 

These  are  the  principal  heads  in  the  New- 
15* 


174 

tonian  theory  of  the  tides,  and  our  limits  per- 
mit us  not  to  notice  more. 

Though  we  conceive  that  the  premises  and 
conclusions  are  erroneous,  none  can  but  ad- 
mire a  genius  so  adroit,  as  will  make  false  pre- 
mises appear  so  plausible,  and  then  draw  con- 
clusions so   completely  coinciding  with  them. 

We  will  first  attempt  to  prove,  that  the  pre- 
mises assumed  by  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  in  his 
theory  of  the  tides,  are  not  correct. 

1st.  He  says  that  the  moon,  by  attracting 
the  earth  or  the  waters  on  its  surface,  causes 
the  tides. 

He  has  proved,  that  the  force  of  attraction 
in  two  or  more  bodies,  is  in  proportion  to  the 
quantity  of  matter  in  the  bodies,  and  their  dis- 
tances from  each  other.  The  moon  being  much 
nearer  to  the  earth  than  the  sun  is,  attracts 
the  waters  more  than  the  sun.  If  the  moon 
attracts  the  earth  more  than  the  sun  does,  as 
it  must  if  it  raises  the  waters  higher,  the  earth 
would  revolve  round  the  moon  as  a  centre;  but 
the  earth,  in  its  whole  revolution,  does  not  in- 
cline towards  the  moon.  This  Sir  Isaac  New- 
ton himself  has  clearly  explained.  The  earth 
does  not  attract  the  moon  so  much  as  the  sun 
does,  because  in  no  part  of  its  orbit  does  the 
moon  move  from  the  sun.  If  the  earth  attrac- 
ted the  moon  more  than  that  body  is  attracted 


175 

by  the  sun,  at  new  moon,  or  when  the  earth  is 
on  one  side  of  the  moon,  and  the  sun  on  the  - 
the  other,  the  orbit  of  the  moon  would  incline 
towards  the  earth,  which  is  not  the  case. 

If  bodies  attract  each  other  in  proportion  to 
their  distances  and  quantity  of  matter,  the 
earth  being  nearly  fifty  times  larger  than  the 
moon,  would  attract  the  waters  on  its  own 
surface  more  than  the  moon  attracts,  when  that 
comparatively  small  body  is  two  hundred  and 
forty  thousand  miles  distant.  If  the  earth  at- 
tracts the  waters  more  than  the  moon  attracts 
them,  they  would  not  rise  or  depart  from  the 
centre  of  gravity  in  the  earth.  If  the  moon 
attracts  the  waters  more  than  the  earth  does, 
they  would  flow  to  the  moon  with  a  motion  con- 
stantly accelerating  as  that  of  a  body  descend- 
ing to  the  earth. 

If  the  moon  has  force  of  attraction  to  raise 
the  waters  ten  feet,  they  are  further  from  the 
centre  of  attraction  in  the  earth,  and  that  in 
the  moon  is  nearer;  hence  it  would  require 
less  force  to  raise  them  the  next  ten  feet,  and 
the  attraction  of  the  moon  being  greater  upon 
them  because  they  are  nearer;  hence,  all  our 
waters  would  go  to  the  moon. 

If  the  moon  raises  the  waters  on  the  surface 
of  the  earth  by  attraction;  the  waters  on  the 
earth's  surface  nearest  to  the  moon  would  be 


176 

raised  the  highest.  When  the  moon  is  perpen- 
dicular to  the  equator,  the  waters  of  the  ocean 
on  the  equator  are  more  than  seven  thousand 
miles  nearer  to  the  moon  that  the  waters  at  the 
poles  of  the  earth:  yet  the  waters  near  the 
equator  do  not  rise  so  high  as  towards  the 
poles.  When  on  the  equator,  the  tides  rise 
but  two  or  three  feet,  in  high  latitudes  they 
rise  from  twenty  to  sixty  feet.  If  the  attrac- 
tion of  the  moon  causes  the  waters  to  rise,  on 
several  accounts,  they  would  rise  higher  on 
the  equator  than  in  any  other  parts  of  the 
oceans.  The  projectile  force  on  the  equator 
is  greater  than  towards  the  poles  that  the  wa- 
ters would  be  easier  raised.  The  diameter  of 
the  earth  from  east  to  west  is  greater  than  from 
north  to  south,  that  the  surface  of  the  globe  on 
the  equator  is  further  from  the  centre  of  gra- 
vity than  the  poles,  that  a  body  of  matter  on 
the  equator,  though  it  contains  the  same  quan- 
tity, is  lighter  than  the  same  body  would  be 
towards  the  poles.  The  extent  of  the  oceans 
on  the  equator  is  greater  than  towards  the 
north  pole,  that  a  greater  quantity  of  waters 
would  be  affected  by  attraction,  they  would  be 
drawn  further  and  rise  higher  than  in  the  nar- 
row parts  of  the  ocean  to  the  north,  yet  they 
rise  but  little  on  the  equator.  The  regular 
trade  winds  on  the  equator  would  assist  the 


177 

moon  in  raising  the  waters  if  she  discovered 
the  least  disposition  to  deprive  our  centre  of 
gravity  of  its  balance  or  power.  The  trade 
wrinds  blow  from  east  to  west,  and  incline  the 
waters  in  the  same  direction.  The  earth  turn- 
ing from  west  to  east,  that  the  moon  comes  to 
the  meridian  on  the  east  coast  of  an  ocean  or 
continent,  before  it  does  to  the  west,  that  the 
current  of  the  ocean  would  be  uniformly  to  the 
west. 

Hence,  when  the  moon  reached  the  meri- 
dian over  the  east  coast  of  either  continent,  the 
whole  current  of  the  ocean  on  the  east  of  such 
a  coast  would  be  arrested  there,  and  there 
would  be  the  highest  tides;  but  the  reverse  is 
true. 

In  most  lakes,  and  in  such  seas  as  have  no 
communication  with  the  ocean,  or  if  but  small 
straits  connect  the  ocean  to  them,  there  is  no 
tides.  This  is  explained  on  account  of  their 
small  extent.  But  in  some  lakes  much  less  than 
these  seas  and  lakes  which  have  no  tides,  the 
waters  rise  and  fall  as  regular  as  in  the  ocean. 
In  the  Caspian,  Black,  and  Baltic  seas,  and  in 
various  other  extensive  beds  of  water,  there 
are  no  tides;  yet  in  bays  not  a  tenth  part  so 
extensive,  the  waters  are  raised  to  a  great 
height.  But  this  it  is  said,  is  owing  to  the 
water's  pressing  into  the  bays  from  the  ocean* 


178 

But  the  waters  begin  to  rise  in  the  bays  before 
they  do  in  the  ocean  communicating  with  them, 
and  first  flow  from  the  bays  to  the  ocean. 

The  surfaces  of  the  above  mentioned  ^eas 
are  so  small,  that  the  moon  considers  them  un- 
worthy of  her  notice,  and  leaves  them  unagi- 
tated  by  her  charms.  Yet  the  bright  queen  of 
night  condescends  to  look  into  many  springs 
and  wells,  but  a  few  feet  in  diameter,  and  by 
her  mysterious  smiles  or  frowns,  causes  the 
waters  to  rush  from  their  secret  retreats,  and 
td  rise  as  high  as  in  the  greatest  ocean. 

In  some  parts  of  the  oceans,  the  partial  god- 
dess by  her  magic  arts,  agitates  the  briny 
waves  but  once  in  twenty-four  hours.  In  other 
places  the  waves  scarcely  have  rest  from  the 
influence  of  her  mystic  wand.  Even  when  the 
merciless  empress  of  the  waters  is  vertical  to 
their  antipodes,  the  waves  are  not  suffered  to 
repose.  Some  of  her  secret  agents  rouse  them 
from  their  slumbers,  and  cause  them,  surge 
propelling  surge,  to  attack  the  sturdy  shores.* 

*  It  is  a  prevailing  opinion  among  a  large  classs  of  the  community, 
that  this  miraculous  being,  which  appears  as  pleasant  in  the  night  as 
errors  do  to  minds  in  the  darkness  of  ignorance,  that  the  being  which 
loses  her  splendour  when  the  god  of  day  smiles  on  a  hemisphere, 
as  ghosts  retire  at  his  approach,  or  as  superstition  recedes  from 
the  beams  of  science,  it  is  the  opinion  of  many,  that  this  being  has 
supreme  command  ot  the  vegetable  kingdoms,  as  well  as  of  the  ocean. 
She  is  consulted  as  to  the  time  most  proper  for  the  husbandman  to 
sow  his  fields,  as  likewise  when  he  shall  gather  the  fruits  of  his  indus- 
try.    They  believe,  that  if  she  is  not  particularly  consulted,  and  he 


179 

But  the  arctic  regions  are  most  affected  by  her 
imperial  sway.  The  waters  near  either  pole 
seem  her  favourites,  and  are  ambitious  to  serve 
her,  against  those  which  dwell  in  the  equatori- 
al regions.  The  former  rise  at  her  appear- 
ance, and  rush  towards  the  latter  as  if  to  over- 
whelm them  for  their  negligence  or  stupidity, 
but  as  they  roll  to  warmer  regions,  their  en- 
thusiasm diminishes,  and  in  perfect  harmony 
they  unite  under  the  laws  which  govern  the 
torrid  climes;  and  again  recede  to  their  respec- 
tive zones. 

Some  have  endeavoured  to  explain  the  cause 
of  the  waters  rising  higher  towards  the  poles, 
from  the  following  premises: 

times  particularly  regarded,  she  will  blast  the  grain  that  they  commit 
to  the  faithful  bosom  of  the  earth,  or  cause  it  to  mould  or  rot  when 
gathered  in  the  store  house. 

It  is  presumed,  that  this  superstition  is  not  wholly  without  founda- 
tion, and  it  is  presumed  that  it  took  its  rise  from  the  following  facts. 
The  tides  are  highest  at  new  and  full  moon,  the  cause  of  which  will 
be  explained  without  assigning  omnipotence  to  empress  Luna.  In 
many  parts  of  Holland,  the  cultivated  country  is  actually  below  the 
surface  of  the  ocean  at  high  tides,  buch  lands  are  defended  against 
the  waves  by  strong  dykes  or  banks.  At  high  tides,  it  is  rational  to 
suppose  that  these  lauds  would  be  affected.  The  farmers  noticed  it, 
and  mistaking  the  cause,  assigned  to  the  moon  the  effects  of  the  ocean. 
The  industrious  Hollanders  have  migrated  to  almost  every  nation  on 
the  globe.  If  the  lands  they  cultivate,  are  thousands  of  feet  above  the 
highest  tides,  they  observe  the  same  signs  and  seasons,  as  did  t'reir 
ancestors,  who  faithfully  toiled  below  the  waves.  Marvellous  ideas 
are  most  delightful  to  many  minds.  Those  of  the  Hollanders  have 
been  embraced  by  many  of  various  climes  and  languages,  and  the 
moon  is  indebted  more  to  them  for  her  power  than  to  the  Being  wh« 
made  it. 


180 

They  say;,  "When  the  moon  is  over  or  near 
the  equator,  the  waters  in  high  latitudes  are  at- 
tracted directly  towards  the  moon,  and  the  wa- 
ters are  raised  higher,  because  they  move  in  a 
more  horizontal  direction;  and  subside  as  they 
eome  more  directly  under  the  moon,  which  has 
not  power  to  raise  them  perpendicularly. 

If  this  position  was  correct,  the  waters  would 
be  attracted  from  east  and  west  in  the  same 
manner  as  from  north  to  south,  and  at  ninety 
degrees  from  a  point  directly  under  the  moon^ 
the  waters  would  be  as  much  affected  as  at  the 
poles.  But  the  reply  is  made/  "That  the  con- 
tinents prevent  this  attraction  from  extending 
so  far  to  the  east  and  west,  as  to  the  north  and 
south. "  But  the  Pacific  and  Indian  oceans  ex- 
tend two  hundred  and  thirty  degrees;  fifty  de- 
grees more  than  half  the  circumference  of  the 
globe.  This  vast  expanse  of  ocean  would  be 
as  liable  to  be  attracted  from  east  and  west,  as 
the  Atlantic  or  Pacific  is  from  north  to  south. 

A  further  objection  may*  be  made.  "The 
fluids  being  colder  towards  the  poles,  press  to- 
wards the  equator  where  they  are  warm  and 
lighter." 

But  observations  and  facts  have  shown,  that 
the  current  of  the  atmosphere  is  from  east  to 
west,  and  that  it  presses,  the  waters  in  the  same 
direction. 


181 

If  the  tides  are  produced  by  the  attraction 
of  the  moon,  it  is  evident  that  on  account  of  the 
situation  of  the  continents,  that  the  waters 
would  be  accumulated  in  some  places  much  more 
than  in  others,  as  in  extensive  bays  or  gul^s 
opening  into  large  oceans.  This  the  Newtonian 
philosophers  confess,  and  from  this  they  at- 
tempt to  explain  the  cause  of  there  being  such 
high  tides  in  the  bay  of  Fundy,  in  Bristol  chan- 
nel, on  the  coasts  of  Malaya,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  St.  Lawrence,  along  the  coast  of  China 
and  Japan,  in  the  sea  of  Bengal,  and  various 
other  places. 

The  bay  of  Fundy  opens  into  the  Atlantic 
ocean  to  the  south-west.  If  the  general  pres- 
sure of  the  fluids  is  from  the  poles  to  the  equa- 
tor, the  waters  by  this  pressure  would  not  be 
driven  into  the  bay  of  Fundy;  for  there  is  no  ob- 
struction to  their  passage  to  the  south  till  they 
reach  South  America.  If  the  water  subsided 
as  it  came  to  warmer  regions,  or  more  directly 
under  the  moon,  they  would  not  have  flowed 
back  to  the  north  with  such  violence  as  to  heap 
up  the  waters  in  that  bay  to  the  height  of  six- 
ty feet. 

In  the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  the  tides  are 
high.  That  gulf  opens  to  the  ocean  to  the 
east  and  north-east,  and  the  island  of  New- 
foundland being  situated  directly  opposite  the 
16 


182 

mouth  of  the  gulf,  that  the  straits  to  it  are  so 
narrow,  that  in  six  hours  the  waters  of  the 
ocean  could  not  press  through  the  channels  so 
as  to  raise  the  gulf  so  high  as  they  appear. 

Bristol  channel  opens  to  the  west,  and  the 
waters  of  the  ocean  must  flow  with  great  vio- 
lence to  every  point  of  the  compass,  to  fill 
the  bays  and  channels  we  have  mentioned. 

To  the  east  of  Africa  is  a  much  greater  ex- 
tent of  ocean  than  to  the  east  of  Asia,  yet  on 
the  coasts  of  the  former  the  tides  are  not  so  high 
as  those  on  the  latter.  The  sea  of  Arabia 
opens  into  the  Indian  ocean  with  a  much  wider 
mouth  than  the  sea  of  Bengal.  Yet  in  the  sea 
of  Bengal,  the  tides  are  higher  than  in  the  sea 
of  Arabia. 

If  the  tides  are  raised  by  the  attraction  of 
the  moon,  and  the  waters  of  certain  bays  are 
raised  so  much  higher  than  the  ocean  by  being 
forced  into  basins  narrowing  towards  their 
head;  why  are  not  all  bays  which  are  situ- 
ated in  a  similar  manner  affected  as  much. 
Pamlico  and  Albermarle  sounds  open  into  the 
Atlantic  by  wider  channels  than  the  gulf  of 
St.  Lawrence,  and  the  former  are  not  so  large 
bays  as  the  latter  that  the  waters  would  be 
more  compressed  in  them  than  in  that  of  the 
St.  Lawrence;  yet  in  Pamlico  and  Albermarle 


183 

sounds  the  tides  rise  but  four  or  live  feet,  and 
in  the  St.  Lawrence  they  are  raised  forty. 

The  bay  of  Fundy  opens  into  the  same  ocean 
and  has  a  similar  situation  to  the  Delaware, 
yet  the  tides  in  the  former  are  six  times  as  high 
as  in  the  latter.  The  same  difference  is  ob- 
servable in  numerous  places. 

If  the  moon  raises  the  waters  by  attraction, 
there  is  no  bay  or  branch  of  the  ocean  so  fa- 
vourably situated  for  an  immense  accumulation 
of  the  waters  as  the  arm  of  the  Atlantic  which 
lies  between  North  and  South  America.  From 
cape  Sable  in  North  America  to  cape  St.  Roque 
in  South  America,  a  distance  of  nearly  four 
thousand  miles,  the  coasts  are  situated  to  bring 
the  waters  of  the  Atlantic  to  a  point  in  the 
Caribbean  sea  and  in  the  gulf  of  Mexico.  Yet 
there  the  tides  are  not  high.  It  will  be  ob- 
served, that  the  West  India  islands  prevent 
the  waters  of  the  ocean  from  flowing  in  to  fill 
the  sea  and  gulf.  If  the  waters  of  the  ocean 
were  obstructed  by  the  islands  they  would  be  ac- 
cumulated on  the  east  side  of  them;  but  the  wa- 
ters are  elevated  there  only  a  few  feet;  besides, 
there  are  more  than  twenty  channels  between 
the  island  to  the  interior  basins,  much  wdder 
and  deeper  than  either  of  the  two  which  unite 
the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to  the  Atlantic  ocean. 


184 

If  the  moon  is  the  principal  cause  of  the 
tides,  or  if  the  sun  and  moon,  and  all  the  hea- 
venly bodies  combined  raise  the  waters  on  the 
earth  by  attraction,  there  must  be  some  more 
essential  local  causes  to  produce  the  effects 
which  are  witnessed. 

The  sun  and  moon  are  so  remote  from  the 
earth,  that  in  comparison  to  their  distance,  the 
earth  is  but  a  point.  Then  all  parts  of  the 
earth  would  be  nearly  equally  affected  by  their 
influence,  if  affected  at  all  by  the  law  of  at- 
traction. 

From  these  remarks  we  are  led  to  conclude, 

First.  That  the  moon  is  so  small  a  body,  and 
so  remote  from  the  earth,  that  it  appears  in- 
consistent to  suppose  that  it  wrould  have  so 
much  influence  on  the  earth,  as  to  raise  and 
agitate  the  waters  to  such  a  degree  as  they 
are  known  to  be  affected. 

Second.  Admitting  the  possibility  that  the 
sun  and  moon,  by  attraction,  do  raise  the  wa- 
ters, they  would  be  raised  and  flow  in  differ- 
ent directions  from  what  we  see  they  do. 

Third.  If  a  possibility  of  the  sun  and  moon's 
raising  the  ocean  existed,  the  tide  would  be 
highest,  where  now  they  are  lowest,  and  low- 
est vvhere  now  they  are  raised  to  the  greatest 
height. 


185 

With  these  conclusions,  we  will  attempt  to 
find  some  local  causes,  which,  united  with  the 
influence  of  the  sun  and  moon,  are  the  princi- 
pal agents  that  produce  the  various  phenome- 
na of  the  ocean. 

Explanation  of  the  cause  of  the  Tides. 

The  atmosphere,  as  we  have  observed,  is  a 
fluid  encompassing  the  earth,  extending  to  the 
height  of  nearly  forty-five  miles  from  the 
earth's  surface.  This  fluid  presses,  or  is  at- 
tracted towards  the  centre  of  the  earth,  with  a 
weight  equal  to  thirty-three  solid  feet  of  wa- 
ter. Or,  the  weight  of  the  atmosphere  on  the 
surface  of  the  land  and  water,  is  the  same  as 
would  be  the  pressure,  if  on  each  part  of  the 
surface  of  the  globe  rested  a  column  of  water 
thirty-three  feet  in  height.  This  is  the  com* 
mon  pressure  of  the  air  on  plains  and  on  the 
ocean,  seas,  lakes,  &c.  On  mountains  the 
pressure  is  not  so  great,  in  vallies  it  is  greater. 
The  atmosphere  does  not  press,  at  all  times 
with  equal  force  on  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

1st.  When  the  winds  blow,  it  does  not  press 
so  heavy  as  in  an  entire  cairn. 

We  suppose,  for  instance,  a  column  of  at- 
mosphere, one  foot  in  diameter,  to  be  equal  in 
weight  to  a  pillar  of  wood  of  the  same  diame- 
16* 


186 

Ater,  one  hundred  feet  long.    That  pillar  stands 
perpendicularly  on  the  surface  of  the  earth. 
The  weight  of  that  pillar  on  the  earth  is  as  the 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere  on  one  square  foot. 
If  a  force  be  applied   to  that  pillar  in  a  hori- 
zontal direction,  it  will  not  press  so  heavy  on 
the  surface,  and  the  pressure  towards  the  cen- 
tre of  the  earth,  diminishes  as  the  horizontal 
force  increases.     The  same  fact  may  be  eluci- 
dated by  a  mill -stone,  which,  when  in  rapid 
motion,  can  be  raised  with  less  force  than  when 
at  rest.     And  when  the  horizontal  motion  is  so 
increased,  that  the  projectile  force  is  greater 
than    the   attraction   of    cohesion,   the  stone 
breaks.     The  pieces  do  not  fall  directly  to  the 
ground,  but  move  in  a  horizontal  direction. 

This  position  is  easily  demonstrated  by  ex- 
periment. Balance  a  pair  of  scales  with  a  top 
in  one  side.  Then  put  the  top  to  whirling  in 
the  scale  with  the  same  weights  in  the  other, 
and  the  scale  will  not  be  balanced  till  the  top 
ceases  to  move.  A  ball  on  a  horizontal  plane, 
when  struck  horizontally,  in  its  motion  presses 
not  on  that  plane  so  much  as  when  at  rest;  and 
with  the  greater  force  it  is  struck,  the  less  it 
presses  on  the  plane. 

A  running  stream  presses  not  so  hard  on  its 
bottom,  as  a  still  pond  of  the  same  depth  of 
water. 


187 

On  the  same  principles,  the  atmosphere, 
when  in  a  horizontal  motion,  presses  not  so 
heavy  on  the  surface  of  the  earth;  and  as  the 
motion  increases,  the  pressure  decreases.  Wit- 
ness a  whirlwind.  There  the  atmosphere  re- 
ceives a  horizontal  impulse.  By  the  pressure 
of  the  surrounding  atmosphere,  the  motion  is 
increased,  till  the  atmosphere  not  only  ceases 
to  press  on  the  earth,  but  rises  from  the  sur- 
face; and  not  only  does  the  atmosphere  rise, 
but  it  raises  many  particles  or  bodies  from  the 
earth  with  it. 

2d.  When  the  atmosphere  is  heated,  it  does 
not  press  so  heavy  on  the  surface  of  the  earth 
as  when  cold. 

When  the  atmosphere  is  becoming  warm,  it 
presses  less  when  at  the  same  degree  of  tempe- 
rature, than  when  it  is  becoming  cold. 

When  there  is  sufficient  heat  to  cause  va- 
pours to  rise,  each  ascending  particle  gives  an 
impulse  upwards  to  the  particles  which  oppose 
its  rise.  When  the  atmosphere  is  cooling,  and 
particle  unites  to  particle  and  descends,  the 
same  impulse  is  given  downwards  as  was  up- 
wards when  the  vapour  was  rising. 

With  these  two  general  prepositions,  com- 
bining in  their  effects,  and  with  several  local 
causes,  which  we  trust  will  be  proved  to  exist, 
we  will  attempt  to  explain  the  phenomena  vf 


188 

the   tides,   and   the  various  currents  of    the 
ocean. 

In  attempting  to  explain  the  cause  whose  ef- 
fects were  the  appearance  of  dry  land,  we  en- 
deavoured to  show,  that  beneath  the  conti- 
nents, and  such  islands  as  have  been  raised 
from  the  ocean,*  are  vast  caverns,  or  cavities, 
equal  in  extent  to  the  matter  which  was  eleva- 
ted. We  suppose  that  these  cavities,  or  most 
of  them  are  filled  with  water  as  high  as  the 
common  level  of  the  oceans.  Most  of  them 
have  vast  openings  into  the  oceans,  through 
which  the  waters  flowed  after  the  lands  were 
raised,  and  when  the  waters  of  the  ocean  rece- 
ded. These  openings  were  formed  by  the 
fragments  of  broken  rocks,  which  support  the 
elevated  lands,  not  filling  the  numerous  rents 
which  were  made  in  the  various  strata  which 
were  broken  in  their  ascension,  and  the  fissures 
wrhich  were  open  in  the  strata,  which  were 
not  elevated,  and  which  support  the  arches  on 
which  most  lands  now  rest.  These  communi- 
cations between  the  oceans,  which  enjoy  the 
light  of  heaven  and  the  subterranean  seas,  are 

*  It  will  be  remembered,  that  it  has  been  stated,  that  many  small 
islands,  which  appear  in  the  different  oceans,  owe  their  existence  to 
the  coral.  The}  are  readily  distinguished  from  those  which  were 
raised  by  fire.  The  former  have  no  mountains  or  hills  resting  on  pri- 
mitive rocks. 


189 

deep  beneath  the  surface  of  the  waters,  even  to 
the  bottom  of  the  oceans. 

The  cavities  under  the  lands  being  filled 
with  water  no  higher  than  the  usual  height  of 
the  oceans,  have  the  remainder  of  the  ca- 
verns filled  with  various  gasses.  These  gasses 
since  they  were  bound  to  their  present  limits, 
have  been  employed  as  active  agents  in  produ- 
cing the  tides. 

For  perspicuity,  we  will  compare  the  sub- 
terranean waters,  and  those  on  the  surface  of 
the  globe,  to  a  pair  of  scales,  the  communica- 
tion between  them  being  the  beam.  As  wTaters 
form  a  level,  these  scales  would  be  completely 
balanced,  were  it  not  that  the  exterior  atmos- 
phere varied  in  degrees  of  pressure  on  the  ex- 
terior waters. 

When  the  atmosphere  presses  most  on  the 
ocean,  then  the  exterior  scale  preponderates, 
and  we  have  low  tides,  and  then  the  interior 
is  raised  by  the  waters  being  pressed  into  the 
cavities.  When  the  atmosphere  is  rarefied 
that  it  presses  lighter  on  the  ocean,  then  the 
interior  scale  is  depressed,  the  waters  are  dri- 
ven from  the  subterraneous  caverns,  the  ocean 
is  raised,  and  we  have  high  tides.  The  tides 
are  high  or  low,  in  proportion  to  the  conden- 
sation or  rarefication  of  the  atmosphere  over 
the  interior  and  exterior  seas,  and  in  propor- 


190 

tion  to  the  extent  of  the  waters  to  be  raised  or 
depressed.  As  these  waters  are  alternately 
flowing  through  channels  which  run  in  differ- 
ent  directions,  they  produce  the  numerous 
marine  currents  which  prevail  on  the  surface 
of  our  sphere. 

When  we  have  examined  the  causes  which 
vary  the  degrees  of  atmospheric  pressure,  we 
will  compare  the  phenomena  of  the  ocean  with 
the  effects  which  would  be  produced  according 
to  our  theory. 

2 he  causes  which  produce  changes  in  the  de- 
grees of  pressure  of  the  atmosphere. 

The  causes  which  most  affect  the  atmos- 
phere, are  light  and  heat.  We  believe  that 
these  two  causes  produce  all  the  phenomena  of 
the  atmosphere,  and  that  heat  is  but  an  atten- 
dant of  light,  or  an  effect  of  which  the  former 
is  the  cause. 

Light  is  matter  emitted  from  the  sun,  or 
other  luminous  bodies,  and  flows  with  incon- 
ceivable velocity  in  a  direct  line  when  moving 
in  the  same  medium.  But  when  it  passes  from 
one  medium  to  another,  it  turns  from  a  strait 
course,  and  when  it  strikes  a  denser  medium, 
except  on  a  surface  at  right  angles,  it  inclines 
to  a  perpendicular  to  the  surface. 


191 

Light  passes  from  the  sun  to  the  earth  in 
eight  minutes.  When  light  is  obstructed  by 
an  opaque  body,  the  rays  are  reflected,  having 
the  angle  of  reflection  equal  to  the  angle  of  in- 
cidence. Rays  of  light  emitted  from  the  sun 
reach  the  moon,  and  are  reflected  to  the  earth; 
in  like  manner  we  receive  them  from  the  other 
spheres  which  compose  our  system.  Reflected 
light  produces  no  perceptible  heat.  The  light 
reflected  from  the  moon  affects  our  atmosphere 
in  a  small  degree,  perhaps  compared  with  that 
of  the  sun  in  proportion  to  its  quantity.  The 
effect  of  this  light  is  the  only  effect  which  the 
moon  has  on  our  waters.  The  reflected  light 
of  the  moon  sometimes  coincides  in  its  effects 
with  that  of  the  sun,  and  sometimes  serves  di- 
rectly to  counteract  the  influence  of  the  direct 
rays  of  the  sun. 

When  the  rays  of  light  pierce  the  atmos- 
phere perpendicularly  to  the  surface  of  the 
earth  at  any  place,  the  atmosphere  is  lighten- 
ed in  that  place  by  becoming  warmer,  accord- 
ing to  our  second  proposition.  But  when  it 
pierces  the  atmosphere  at  right  angles  to  a  line 
drawn  perpendicular  to  any  place,  the  force 
with  which  the  rays  move,  lessens  the  pressure 
of  the  atmosphere  over  that  place,  according 
to  our  first  proposition.  Light  flowing  through 
the  atmosphere  in  the  last  mentioned  direction. 


192 

lessens  its  pressure  more  than  in  the  former, 
and  its  influence  diminishes,  as  its  direction 
varies  from  a  horizontal  to  a  perpendicular  di- 
rection. The  effects  of  the  light  of  the  moon 
are  similar,  though  their  influence  is  less. 

When  the  light  of  the  sun  and  moon  pierce 
the  atmosphere  at  right  angles  to  each  other, 
the  rays  counteract  the  force  of  each  other, 
that  the  atmosphere   is  less  affected.     For  in- 
stance, at  first  and  last  quarters  of  the  moon. 
We  suppose  the  sun  is  in  the  west,  the  moon 
has  performed  one  quarter  of  her  revolution 
and  is  at  the  meridian.    The  rays  of  light  from 
the  sun  pass  the  atmosphere  to  the  east  over 
the  Atlantic  ocean,  and  lessen  the  pressure  of 
the  atmosphere  there.  The  rays  from  the  moon 
come  from  the  south  or  from  the  meridian  and 
striking  perpendicularly  on  the  rays  of  the  sun, 
lessen  their  force  without  warming  the  atmos- 
phere, and  in  a  degree  destroy  the  effects  of  the 
rays  from  the  sun  on  the  columns  of  the  atmos- 
phere. 

If  a  stream  of  water  from  the  north  moved 
with  sufficient  velocity  to  bear  away  an  obstruc- 
tion, and  just  before  it  reached  the  object  a 
stream  of  one-eighth  part  of  the  force  should 
rush  into  the  former  from  the  west,  one-six- 
teenth part  of  the  force  from   the  north  would 


193 

be  destroyed,  and  the  obstruction  would  not  be 
removed. 

The  rays  of  light  from  the  sun,  and  moon  thus 
counteracting  each  other  at  first  and  last  quar- 
ters of  the  moon,  not  so  much  lighten  the  at- 
mosphere at  those  particular  times,  that  the 
pressure  on  the  waters  is  great,  the  unrarefied 
air  over  the  subterranean  waters  has  not  force 
to  press  so  much  of  the  hidden  waters  from 
their  cells  as  to  give  a  spring  tide  to  the  At- 
lantic. Hence,  at  first  and  last  quarters  of  the 
moon  neap  or  low  tides  are  witnessed. 

At  new  moon  the  streams  of  light  of  the  two 
orbs  are  not  opposed  to  each  other.  The  dark 
side  of  the  moon  is  then  towards  the  earth,  that 
no  light  is  reflected  from  it  to  our  sphere.  The 
light  of  the  sun  flows  through  the  atmosphere 
of  the  earth  unmolested,  that  fluid  is  rendered 
lighter  by  being  rarefied  and  by  the  repelling 
torrent  of  light.  Ocean  feels  relieved  from  his 
burden  and  presses  not  so  forcibly  on  the  pent 
up  fluids.  They  struggle  for  liberty,  and  rush- 
ing from  the  gloomy  caverns,  roll  their  proud 
waves  in  the  light  of  heaven.  Thence  is  form- 
ed a  high  tide,  by  our  two  propositions. 

As  the  moon  advances  in  her  orbit,  and  the 

light  is  reflected  to  the  earth  each  succeeding 

day  in  a  less  oblique  direction  to  the  rays  of 

the  sun,  each  flow  of  the  waters  diminish  till 

17 


194 

the  moon  comes  in  quadrature,  as  has  been 
explained  and  then  the  tides  are  at  their  low- 
est flow.  After  the  moon  has  passed  her  quad- 
rature, and  her  light  falls  more  and  more  ob- 
lique on  that  of  the  sun,  the  tides  increase  in 
height  in  the  same  ratio,  and  from  the  same 
cause  they  decreased  when  she  was  advancing 
to  her  quadrature. 

When  the  moon  arrives  at  her  full,  or  in 
opposition  to  the  sun,  then  she  sends  forth 
most  light  to  the  earth,  and  the  rays  flowing 
in  a  line  of  direction  with  those  of  the  sun, 
the  light  from  both  luminaries  serve  to  break 
the  force  of  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  on 
the  waters,  and  then  again  the  scale,  secluded 
from  the  light  of  day,  preponderates,  and  the 
towering  ocean  invades  his  highest  bounds. 
In  this  spring  tide  the  principles  of  both  pro- 
positions affect  the  atmosphere. 

The  query  will  next  arise,  "Why  the  wa- 
ters are  raised  higher  towards  the  poles,  than 
o»  or  near  the  equator?" 

From  the  inclination  of  the  axis  of  the 
earth,  the  ecliptic  cuts  the  equator  at  angles  of 
twenty-three  degrees,  twenty-eight  minutes; 
that  the  sun  is  never  vertical  to  any  places 
more  remote  from  the  equator  on  either  side 
than  that  distance;  hence,  in  high  latitudes  the 
currents  of  light  pierce  the  atmosphere  in  a 


195 

more  horizontal  direction.  At  the  poles,  when 
the  sun  is  over  the  equator,  the  rays  of  light 
pass  the  poles  in  a  line  perpendicular  to  the 
axis  of  the  earth,  and,  unobstructed,  flow 
through  the  whole  section  of  the  air  which  co- 
vers the  frigid  zones.  Hence  the  pressure  of 
the  atmosphere  at  both  poles  is  lessened,  and 
the  chilled  currents  roll   towards  the  equator. 

As  the  sun  inclines  to  the  north,  and  spreads 
his  splendid  beams  wide  around  the  frigid 
zone,  and  leaves  the  southern  pole  involved  in 
frost  and  darkness,  then  the  waters  in  Antarc- 
tic regions  scarcely  move  their  sluggish  waves. 
While  to  the  north,  so  long  as  the  sun  is  ap- 
proaching the  tropic  of  Cancer,  the  waters 
continue  to  increase  in  height  at  every 
flow.  But  as  he  begins  to  recede  from 
northern  regions,  to  pay  his  annual  visits  to 
southern  climes,  then  the  arctic  waters,  as  if 
dreading  the  frosts  and  chilling  blasts  of  win- 
ter, begin  to  retire  to  the  frost  secluded  ca- 
verns. The  southern  waves  then  begin  to  tri- 
umph; and  sport  their  summer  month  away. 

The  waters  in  the  northern  regions  rise  to  a 
greater  height  in  summer,  than  those  of  the 
south  in  their  benign  seasons. 

To  the  north  there  is  more  land  than  to 
the  south;  that  when  the  subterranean  seas 
discharge  their  stores,  the  liberated  torrent' 


196 

rise  in  mountainous  heights. — While  to  the 
south,  the  vast  expanse  of  ocean  is  less  affect- 
ed by  the  scanty  currents  that  are  sent  forth 
from  the  scattering  lands. 

Having  briefly  sketched  the  effects  which 
light  and  heat  have  on  the  atmosphere,  and 
drawn  some  conclusions  as  they  affect  the 
tides  and  currents  of  the  ocean,  we  will  more 
particularly  notice  the  effects  which  such  cau- 
ses as  we  have  named  would  have  on  the  wa- 
ters, and  compare  them  with  effects  which  are 
known  to  exist. 

1st.  If  the  flowing  of  the  tides  are  produced 
by  the  waters  of  subterranean  seas  being 
forced  from  their  caverns,  and  the  ebbing  oc- 
casioned by  their  receding  again  to  their  dis- 
mal cells,  the  waters  would  first  begin  to  rise, 
and  rise  the  highest  near  the  lands  from  be- 
beath  which  the  waters  rushed;  and  near  such 
coasts  the  tides  would  first  begin  to  ebb.* 

That  the  tides  are  higher  near  coasts  than 
at  a  distance  from  land,  is  a  well  known  fact, 
related  by  the  ablest  navigators. 

2d.  If  the  tides  are  produced  by  the  above 
mentioned  cause,  the  waters  would  rise  higher 

*  The  waters  would  begin  to  ebb  first  at  the  shore,  or  near  the 
channel  which  unites  the  interior  and  exterior  waters.  But  as  the 
current  ot*  waters,  when  ebbing,  would  be  towards  the  shore,  by  an 
accumulation  of  waters  against  the  shores,  there  they  would  be  last  in 
reaching  their  lowest  state. 


197 

near  the  coasts  of  extensive  and  highly  elevated 
lands,  than  by  the  shores  of  small  islands;  be- 
cause, under  extensive  lands,  there  are  large 
seas  to  throw  forth  their  waters  to  the  light 
of  day,  and  more  confined  air  to  drive  the  wa- 
ters from  their  secret  retreats. 

In  the  Atlantic  ocean,  between  North  Ame- 
rica and  Europe,  where  the  eastern  and  west- 
ern continents  ar&  of  the  greatest  width,  the 
the  tides  are  higher  than  in  any  other  open 
ocean.  In  the  Pacific  ocean,  where  the  great- 
est width  of  Asia  is  on  the  west,  and  the  most 
extensive  part  of  North  America  is  on  the  east, 
the  waters  rise  higher  than  in  any  other  part 
of  the  Pacific  ocean;  and  they  decrease  in 
height  in  proportion  to  the  distance  from  either 
continent  to  the  middle  of  the  ocean.  On  the 
coasts  of  China  and  Tartary,  they  rise  to  a 
great  height.  At  isle  Necker,  Wakes,  and 
Sandwich  isles,  the  rise  of  the  waters  are 
scarcely  perceptible.  On  the  west  coast  of 
North  America,  the  tide  rises  in  some  places 
twenty  feet;  while  at  the  islands  remote  from 
the  continent,  two  feet  is  considered  as  a  very 
high  tide. 

3d.  If  our  premises  are  correct,  the  narrow- 
er the  channel  between  two  lands,  from  beneath 
which  the  waters  are  propelled,  the  higher  the 
waters  would  be  raised  in  that  channel. 
17* 


198 

Hence,  the  highest  tides  are  in  such  situa- 
tions as  the  bay  of  Fundy,  the  gulf  of  St.  Law- 
rence, the  Bristol  channel,  straits  of  Malacca, 
the  gulf  of  Siara,  the  sea  of  Bengal;  and  in  many 
other  straits,  bays  and  gulfs. 

4th,  If  the  cause  of  the  phenomena  of  the 
ocean  is  such  as  we  have  supposed,  there  will 
be  no  tides  in  lakes,  seas,  or  bays,  between 
which,  and  the  subterranean  seas  and  bays, 
there  is  no  communication. 

Hence  there  are  no  tides  in  most  of  the  lakes, 
and  in  a  number  of  seas  and  bays.  The  ba- 
sins of  these  do  not  extend  so  deep,  or  have  no 
communication  to  the  vast  caverns  filled  with 
waters,  impatient  to  come  to  light. 

The  beds  of  most  of  these  lakes,  bays,  and 
seas,  were  formed,  as  we  have  stated,  by  the 
currents  of  the  general  deluge,  and  other  sub- 
sequent floods.  The  openings  between  them 
and  the  interior  waters,  have  been  closed  by 
the  subsidence  of  lands,  or  by  alluvial  forma- 
tions. 

The  basins  of  the  Baltic,  Caspian,  Black, 
and  Aral  seas,  were  formed  by  the  currents 
pouring  over  the  mountains  to  the  west  of 
them,  and  are  only  excavated  in  the  crust  of 
the  earth,  or  in  that  part  which  was  first 
raised  from  the  bed  of  the  deep.  Their  basins 
may  have  had  communications  with  the  inte- 


199 

rior  caverns,  and  these  passages  be  filled  by 
the  subsidence  of  some  parts  of  the  adjoining 
strata,  or  by  alluvion  deposited  by  the  returning 
waves  of  the  deluge.  In  the  Mediterranean  sea 
the  tides  rise  a  few  feet.  That  sea  has  some  com- 
munications with  the  caverns  under  Europe,  or 
Africa,  or  both,  from  which  sufficient  waters  are 
projected  to  produce  the  few  and  small  cur- 
rents which  agitate  the  waters,  and  cause  them 
to  rise  in  a  small  degree.  The  famous  vortex 
of  Scylla  is  one  of  these  communications,  and 
opening  its  devouring  jawrs  nearer  the  surface 
of  the  waters  than  others,  the  agitation  and 
whirlings  of  the  waves  have,  from  remote  anti- 
quity, filled  the  minds  of  mariners  with  horror 
and  consternation,  and  the  inquiring  minds 
with  wonder  and  amazement. 

In  the  Red  sea  the  tides  are  higher  than  in 
the  Mediterranean,  though  its  extent  is  not  a 
a  quarter  so  great.  It  will  be  said  that  it  rises 
higher  on  account  of  its  having  a  greater  com- 
munication with  the  Indian  ocean,  than  the 
Mediterranean  has  with  the  Atlantic.  But 
that  the  waters  in  the  Red  sea,  or  of  the  north 
part  of  it,  cannot  be  raised  by  the  waters  pres- 
sing in  from  the  Indian  ocean,  will  appear 
evident  on  examination.  From  the  Indian 
ocean  to  the  north  end  of  the  Red  sea,  is  one 
thousand  four  hundred  miles.     To  raise  the 


200 

waters  at  the  extreme  part  of  that  sea,  the 
waters  must  flow  the  above  distance  in  six 
hours,  making  the  motion  of  the  waters  two 
hundred  and  thirty-one  miles  an  hour,  or  about 
four  miles  a  minute,  which  gives  a  velocity  to 
water,  that  never  was  witnessed  when  it  moves 
in  a  horizontal  direction. 

Though  the  basin  of  the  Red  sea  was  form- 
ed by  the  current  which  rushed  over  the  Ly- 
bian  mountains  during  the  deluge,  yet  there 
may  be  communications  between  that  sea  and 
subterranean  caverns.  Indeed  the  bed  of  the 
sea  bears  strong  marks  of  this.  On  the  east 
side  the  waters  are  shallow,  on  the  wrest  the 
coast  is  precipitate,  and  the  waters  are  deep. 
When  that  sea  rises,  the  waters  do  not  rush 
from  the  straits  of  Babelmandel  in  a  current, 
but  rise  as,  near  all  coasts  in  a  perpendicular 
direction,  filled  with  bubbles,  which  are  the 
gasses  which  press  from  their  retreats  the  in- 
terior waves. 

The  North  and  Irish  seas  were  formerly  by 
currents.  They  have  such  direct  communica- 
tion with  the  Atlantic  by  such  wide  mouths  or 
channels,  that  they  may  be  raised  by  the  wa- 
ters of  the  ocean,  and  from  interior  floods. 

Along  the  coasts  of  the  United  States,  the 
tides  are  not  so  high  as  they  are  in  Europe  in 
the  same  latitude.     If  the  moon  raises  the  wa- 


201 

ters  by  attraction,  this  must  be  an  unfathoma- 
ble mystery.  But  if  our  theory  is  correct,  we 
can  solve  the  cause  without  recourse  to  magic, 
and  without  plunging  into  the  arcana  of  na- 
ture, or  labyrinths  of  mystery. 

Most  of  the  United  States  bordering  on  the 
coast  of  the  Atlantic,  is  alluvion.  Most  of 
this  alluvion  rests  on  what  was  once  the  bot- 
tom of  the  ocean,  and  which  was  not  elevated 
so  high,  if  elevated  at  all,  as  to  leave  large 
openings  between  the  ocean  and  the  caverns 
from  wThence  our  mountains  arose.  Hence  the 
communications  between  the  interior  and  ex- 
terior waters,  are  so  small,  that  the  waters 
from  within  are  not  pressed  out  in  such  profu- 
sion as  to  cause  our  waters  to  rise  to  so  great 
a  height,  as  where  there  are  less  alluvial  de- 
posits along  the  coasts. 

Hence  we  have  a  cause  for  the  tides  not 
rising  so  high  in  Pamlico  and  Albermarle 
sounds,  as  in  the  bay  of  Fundy,  and  the  gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence.  The  former  were  preserved 
by  the  rivers  from  alluvial  deposits  which  sur- 
round them.  The  latter  are  without  alluvion, 
near  them;  that  the  channels  between  them  and 
the  subterranean  waters  are  unobstructed. — 
The  former  receive  no  accumulation  of  waters 
but  what  is  brought  to  them  by  the  ocean;  the 
latter  receive  the  waters  of  the  ocean,  and  a 


202 

far  greater  abundance  from  interior  regions. 
Hence  the  waters  in  the  former  rise  but  four  or 
five  feet,  while  in  the  latter  they  are  elevated 
from  forty  to  sixty.  Hence  we  have  a  cause 
for  the  tides  flowing  with  foaming  violence  up 
many  of  the  rivers  in  Europe,  while,  with  but 
a  steady  current,  they  oppose  the  largest  riv- 
ers in  the  United  States. 

If  the  moon  raises  and  agitates  the  waters  of 
the  Indian  ocean,  to  such  a  degree  as  to  cause 
them  to  retreat  at  the  rate  of  two  hundred  and 
thirty  miles  an  hour  into  the  Red  sea  after 
winding  their  course  through  the  straits  of 
of  Babelmandel,  we  would  inquire,  if  it  is  not 
a  mystery,  why  the  waters  of  the  Atlantic,  in 
the  same  latitude,  are  not  put  in  sufficient  mo- 
tion to  flow  through  the  numerous  direct  chan- 
nels between  the  West  India  islands  and  fill 
the  Caribbean  sea  and  the  gulf  of  Mexico? — 
According  to  the  adopted  theory,  the  cause  is 
a  mystery  beyond  the  thoughts  of  mortals  to 
fathom.  But  from  the  premises  we  have  as- 
sumed, the  cause  appears  plain  and  simple. 

If  we  were  correct  in  our  conjectures,  that 
the  range  of  West  India  islands  was  a  part  of 
the  va3t  range  of  mountains  extending  through 
North  and  South  America,  and  that  that  be- 
tween the  Alleghany  and  Andes,  by  its  cum- 
brous weight,  broke  the  shattered  arches  be- 


203 

neath,  and  sunk  into  the  abyss  from  whence  it 
was  projected,  most  of  the  caverns  were  closed 
there.  When  the  alluvion  brought  by  the  late  in- 
undation from  the  north,  was  deposited  on  those 
islands,  on  the  north  coast  of  South  America, 
on  the  east  of  Yucaton,  &c.  many  of  the  sub- 
terranean channels  were  filled,  that  the  Sow- 
ings of  the  interior  waters  are  obstructed 
around  that  extensive  branch  of  the  oceans — 
Hence  the  tides  there  are  lower  than  in  most 
of  the  large  bays  on  our  sphere. 

Many  lakes,  springs,  and  wells,  ebb  and 
flow  as  regularly  as  the  ocean.  These  bodies 
of  water  and  fountains,  by  some  chasms  or 
chinks,  have  communication  with  interior 
ponds  or  lakes,  which  observe  the  same  laws 
as  those  which  cause  the  oceans  to  rise. 

The  same  may  be  observed  of  the  wells 
which  are  sunk  or  bored  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  Il- 
linois, &c.  for  salt  water. 

When  the  miners  perforate  the  last  stratum 
of  rocks,  before  they  come  to  the  chasm  which 
contains  the  object  of  their  search,  the  waters 
suddenly  rise  many  feet  above  the  surface  of 
the  earth,  and  after  the  first  impulse  has  sub- 
sided, the  waters  ebb  and  flow  as  regularly 
as  the  oce?n,  though  not  at  the  same  periods. 
The  cause  of  these  wells  not  flowing  so  fre- 
quently  as  the  ocean,  is  obvious  on  reflection. 


204 

There  are  vast  and  winding  caverns  far  be- 
low the  surface  of  the  earth.  When  the  first 
vent  or  communication  is  made  to  these  cav- 
erns, the  waters,  by  the  pressure  of  the  in- 
cumbent gasses,  are  found  to  rise  till  the  foun- 
tain is  in  a  great  degree  exhausted,  as  is  like- 
wise the  rarer  fluid  which  forced  them  to  rise. 
The  waters,  by  springs  and  subterranean  rills, 
which  have  found  a  passage  through  mines  of 
salt,  again  fill  the  chasm,  compressing  the  in- 
cumbent air  till  it  will  yield  no  more;  and  as 
there  is  but  one  small  aperture,  the  waters 
are  forced  up  with  more  violence  than  if  a 
greater  vent  was  given,  and  it  continues  longer 
to  rise,  on  account  of  the  waters  being  constant- 
ly flowing  into  the  reservoir  beneath. 

5th.  As  there  are  some  islands  which  have 
not  been  raised  by  fires,  but  have  their  bases 
formed  by  the  industrious  coral,  from  our 
premises  we  should  conclude,  that  near  the 
coasts  of  such  islands,  the  tides  would  not  rise 
so  high  as  by  those  which  are  volcanic  and 
have  chasms  beneath  them. 

We  have  seen  no  accounts  of  navigators 
which  particularly  specify  the  height  of  the 
tides  round  the  many  islands  which  they  have 
visted.  But  among  the  islands  of  Austral 
Asia,  which,  from  their  mountains  and  primi- 
tive roeks>  are  presumed  to  be  volcanic,  the 


205 

the  tides  are  much  higher  than  among  the 
islands  of  Polynesia,  some  of  which  are  coral. 
But  the  smallness  of  the  islands  of  Polynesia, 
if  they  were  all  volcanic,  would  not  have  be- 
neath them  caverns  of  sufficient  extent  to  pour 
forth  waters  in  sufficient  quantities  to  raise,  in 
any  great  degree,  the  expanse  of  ocean  around 
them. 

The  Carolinas  and  Ladrones  appear,  from 
their  situation,  to  have  been  once  united,  and 
it  is  presumed,  that  they  were  all  elevated  at 
the  same  explosion  or  volcanic  eruption;  and 
when  the  propelling  force  subsided,  they  again 
sunk,  as  did  the  West  India  isles,  almost  fill- 
ing the  caverns  from  which  they  were  projected. 
The  Pelew  islands  may  have  belonged  to  the 
same  range.  And  it  is  not  deemed  presump- 
tion to  suppose,  that  Asacides,  Queen  Char- 
lotte's, the  Friendly,  and  Society  islands,  are 
but  the  summits  of  an  extensive  mass  of  matter 
once  elevated  from  the  depth  of  the  ocean. — 
Lord  Mulgrave's  range,  Barring's  Musquito 
group,  Tindall's,  and  Brown's  range,  are  the 
remains  of  lands,  whose  foundations  were  not 
able  to  support  them.  The  appearance  of 
Fox  islands  indicates  that  they  were  the 
branch  of  a  range  of  mountains,  which  projec- 
ted from  the  Stony  mountains,  but  whose 
arches  were  not  so  constructed  as  to  uphold 
18 


206 

them.  All  of  the  Sandwich  isles  may  have 
received  their  birth  at  one  time,  and  from 
the  same  cause  now  appear  in  separate  piles. 
New  Zealand,  and  the  circumjacent  isles,  are 
presumed  to  have  been  brought  to  light  by 
one  impulse  of  nature.  And  many  other  clus- 
ters, which  now  appear  as  in  scattered  frag- 
ments of  extensive  lands,  which  by  supreme 
command  was  caused  to  appear  and  settle  in 
the  same  disorderly,  but  united  ranges,  by  the 
same  cause. 

If  these  numerous  clusters  of  islands  arose, 
as  has  been  stated,  and  again  sunk  when  the 
force  which  raised  them  ceased  to  operate, 
they  must  have  nearly  filled  the  chasms  from 
whence  they  were  thrown.  Hence  but  small 
extents  of  waters  could  be  beneath  them,  to 
cause  the  surrounding  oceans  to  rise  when  the 
scales  would  preponderate  in  their  favour. — 
And  examine  the  reports  of  navigators,  in 
regard  to  the  height  of  the  tides  among  these 
various  clusters  of  islands. 

5th.  If  the  tides  are  produced  by  subterra- 
nean waters  being  forced  into  the  open  ocean, 
we  should  suppose  that  there  would  be  di- 
verse currents  in  the  ocean,  flowing  in  differ- 
ent directions  as  the  channels  run,  through 
which  the  waters  were  propelled. 


207 

Most  of  the  chasms  or  channels  through 
which  the  subterranean  waters  flow,  are  so  far 
beneath  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  that  their 
influx  appears  only  by  the  sudden  rise  of  the 
oceans  where  their  waters  are  discharged,  and 
in  the  innumerable  bubbles  of  air  which  have 
just  escaped  from  the  dreary  caverns  within  ta 
the  glorious  light  of  the  sun. 

But  in  the  oceans  are  numerous  currents 
flowing  in  every  direction.  In  some  parts  of 
the  ocean,  where  the  surface  is  calm,  deep 
currents  flow  to  the  north.  In  other  places  to 
the  south,  and  to  every  point  of  the  compass, 
according  to  the  situation  of  the  coast  adjacent 
to  which  soundings  are  made.  In  some  places 
where  the  surface  or  upper  current  moves  to 
the  north,  a  lower  current  runs  to  the  south, 
and  so  in  every  direction.  In  the  Mediterra- 
nean sea,  many  such  currents  have  been  dis- 
covered. Such  currents  would  be  expected,  if 
the  waters  are  flowing  from,  and  receding  to 
seas  and  lakes  beneath  the  continents  and 
islands.  But  if  dame  Luna  causes  and  regu- 
lates the  whole  of  them,  she  would  have  so 
much  employment,  that  she  could  not  affect  so 
many  brains  as  seem  swayed  by  her  influence. 

By  the  mouth  of  two  or  three  witnesses, 
shall  every  word  be  established.  In  some 
places,  the  mouths  of  the  chasms  or  channels 


208 

leading  from  the  interior  to  the  exterior  floods, 
are  so  near  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  that  the 
currents  are  perceptible. 

■•1st.  Among  the  Orkney  isles,  there  are  two 
opposite  currents  when  the  tides  are  flowing. 
One  runs  from  the  north-west,  and  the  other 
from  the  south  east,  and  when  they  meet,"they 
dash  their  roaring  billows  up  to  the  clouds, 
and  convert  the  separating  strait  into  an  enor- 
mous mass  of  foam."  It  is  evident  that  these 
currents  must  flow  from  subterranean  caverns 
beneath  the  islands,  and  their  outlets  are  op- 
posite to  each  other,  and  so  near  the  surface, 
that  their  mists  and  spray  are  thrown  high  in 
the  air. 

2d.  The  Maalstrom,  a  vast  vortex  in  the  At- 
lantic, west  of  Norwray,  is  our  second  witness. 
This  vortex  or  whirlpool  is  several  miles  in  di- 
ameter, and  its  current  is  so  powerful,  that 
when  vessels  or  whales  come  within  its  influ- 
ence they  cannot  be  rescued  from  its  devouring 
jaws;  and  are  immediately  consigned  to  de- 
struction. When  the  tides  rise  again,  their 
shattered  remains  or  fragments  are  thrown  out 
and  cover  the  ocean.  Had  the  mouth  of  this 
cavern  been  several  hundred  feet  lower  from 
the  surface  of  the  ocean,  the  whirl  on  the  sur^ 
face  would  not  have  been  produced,  and  thou- 


209 

sands,  of  greater  extent  than  that,  may  exist  too 
deep  for  human  discovery. 

3d.  The  third  witness  is  Scylla,  which  has 
been  mentioned,  whose  devouring  jaws  cannot 
be  better  described  than  Virgil  has  done  it. 

The  sudden  rise  of  waters  during  earth- 
quakes, induces  us  to  believe  that  there  are 
vast  caverns  filled  with  waters  beneath  lands, 
and  that  those  waters  are  greatly  agitated  and 
driven  from  their  retreats  by  an  incumbent 
fluid,*  during  the  convulsions  of  nature. 

The  atmosphere  filling  the  upper  part  of 
these  caverns  becomes  rarefied;  and  struggling 
againat  its  barriers* bursts  the  solid  strata  which 
confine  it,  and  torrents  of  waters  are  forced 
through  the  yawning  chasms.  At  such  periods 
though  the  exterior  ocean  is  compressed  to  its 
lowest  state,  yet  instantly  it  is  compelled  to 
flow,  and  waves  in  mountainous  height  are 
driven  over  lands  far  above  the  approach  of 
the  highest  tides.  In  such  calamities,  cities 
have  often  been  swallowed  in  the  opening 
chasms,  sunk  with  the  lands  on  which  they 
rested,  or  been  overwhelmed  by  the  irresisti- 
ble surges.  At  such  a  crisis  vessels  are  driven 
from  harbours,  dashed  against  the  precipices, 
or  whirled  by  eddying  billows  over  the  remains 
of  ruined  cities. 


210 

There  are  phenomena  of  the  oceans  called 
counter  tides.  These  are  sudden  rises  of 
water  near  the  coasts  when  the  moon  is  in  the 
opposite  hemisphere,  and  when  there  is  no 
appearance  of  earthquakes. 

These  Sowings  are  occasioned  by  the  atmos- 
phere in  the  caverns  under  such  coasts  becom- 
ing so  rarefied  as  to  press  the  waters  from  their 
retreats,  but  do  not  acquire  force  to  shake  and 
burst  the  surrounding  strata. 

These  are  but  a  few  of  the  phenomena  of  na- 
ture which  are  easily  explained  by  the  theory 
we  have  adopted,  and  which  by  former  theories 
have  been  unaccounted  far. 

If  the  moon  occasions  the  tides  by  attrac- 
tion, these  many  phenomena  remain  as  mys- 
teries. 

But,  it  will  be  observed,  "there  can  be  no 
doubt  but  the  moon  is  the  cause  of  the  tides, 
because  they  flow  so  regularly  with  the  moon, 
never  varying  more  than  an  hour.  The  mo- 
tion of  the  moon,  is  an  effect  of  the  same  cause, 
the  sun,  as  the  tides,  and  it  cannot  be  surpris- 
ing that  two  effects  of  one  cause  should  not  es- 
sentially differ.  Besides,  would  our  limits  per- 
mit, or  would  a  further  investigation  of  this 
subject  be  interesting,  we  would  attempt  to 
prove  that  were  the  tides  produced  by  the  at- 
traction of  the  moon,  the  time  of  high   tides 


211 

would  not  so  soon  follow  the  moon's  being  at 
the  meridian;  and  we  would  explain  from  our 
theory  the  cause  of  the  tides  being  so  regular, 

There  are  many  other  phenomena  both  of 
land  and  water,  which  go,  as  we  conceive,  di- 
rectly to  prove  the  correctness  of  the  positions 
we  have  taken. 

But  it  is  believed,  that  enough  has  been  said 
on  each  subject,  to  lead  an  unprejudiced  mind 
to  reflect  for  itself,  and  should  more  be  requir- 
ed to  convince  the  prejudiced,  they  may  in  fu- 
ture be  accommodated. 


THE    ENB. 


Q> 


NMNHW 

A"  V 


I#f%^|§rw 


mm 


WmSmEM 


liHi 


hhmm: 


RAM 


^%Art 


MPR™5&C»V 


Deacidified  using  the  Bookkeeper  process. 
Neutralizing  agent:  Magnesium  Oxide 
Treatment  Date:  Dec.  2004 

PreservationTechnologies 

A  WORLD  LEADER  IN  PAPER  PRESERVATION 

1 1 1  Thomson  Park  Drive 
Cranberry  Township,  PA  16066 
(724)779-2111 


I-aTO 


W& 


^,o^A^\ 


3®FS 


m 


r,"Vv'V 

*4 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRE 


0  013  502  367  A 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 

0  029  557  500  1 


hhbr? 


rwvt 


*■•-■■ 


J  ^::j 


mci 


'  1. .41 


;,,## 


mm*^ 


rk/y -.*  yy 


rfjrfk^  .->—  ***0AflS[